Escolar Documentos
Profissional Documentos
Cultura Documentos
2019
Advance Design
Validation Guide
Version: 2019
Tests passed on: 24 July 2019
Number of tests: 610
INTRODUCTION
Each year, before its official release, each version of GRAITEC software - Advance
Design included - undergoes a series of validation tests. This complex validation process
is carried out along with and in addition to manual testing and beta testing, in order to
attain the "operational version" status. Its final outcome is the present guide, which
contains a thorough description of the automatic tests, highlighting both the theoretical
background and the results that our validation experts have obtained by using the current
software release.
Such tests are generally made of a reference (independent of the specific software
version tested), a transformation (a calculation or a data-processing scenario), a result
(given by the specific software version tested) and a difference, usually measured in
percentage as a drift from a specific set of reference values. Depending on the cases,
the used reference can be a theoretical calculation performed manually, a sample taken
from the technical literature, or the result of a previous version considered as accurate by
experience.
Starting with version 2012, Graitec Advance has made significant steps ahead in terms of
quality management by extending the scope and automating the testing process. While in
previous versions the tests had always been centered on the calculation results, which
were compared to a reference set, in the 2012 version, tests were extended to user
interface behavior, import/export procedures, etc.
The capacity to pass the tests automatically is another major improvement. The current
tests have obviously been passed on the “operational version”, but they are actually
passed on a daily basis during the development process as well. This ensures the
improvement of the daily quality by solving potential issues immediately after they have
been introduced in the code.
In the field of structural analysis and design, software users must always keep in mind
that the results depend, to a great extent, on the modeling (especially when dealing with
finite elements) and on the settings of the numerous assumptions and options available
in the software. A software package cannot entirely replace engineers’ experience and
analysis. Despite all the efforts we have made in terms of quality management, we
cannot guaranty the correct behavior and the validity of the results issued by Advance
Design in any given situation.
In this validation guide, we are providing a vast set of concrete test cases showing the
behavior of Advance Design in various areas and various conditions. The tests cover a
wide field of expertise: modeling, climatic load generation according to Eurocode 1,
combinations management, meshing, finite element calculation, reinforced concrete
design according to Eurocode 2, steel member design according to Eurocode 3, steel
connection design according to Eurocode 3, timber member design according to
Eurocode 5, seismic analysis according to Eurocode 8, report generation, import / export
procedures and user interface behavior.
We hope that this guide will highly contribute to the knowledge and the confidence you
keep placing in Advance Design.
Ionel DRAGU
Graitec Innovation CTO
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
Table of Contents
7.2 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12197)16
7.3 System stability when importing AE files with invalid geometry (TTAD #12232) ..........................................16
7.4 Importing GTC files containing elements with haunches from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12172) ....................16
7.5 Exporting an Advance Design model to DO4 format (DEV2012 #1.10) ........................................................16
7.6 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3) ..........................................................16
7.7 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3) ..........................................................17
7.8 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12197)17
7.9 Verifying the GTC files exchange between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS (DEV2012 #1.9) .............17
7.11 Importing IFC files containing continuous foundations (TTAD #12410) .......................................................17
7.12 Verifying the load case properties from models imported as GTC files (TTAD #12306) .............................17
7.13 Verifying the releases option of the planar elements edges after the model was exported and imported via
GTC format (TTAD #12137) ...................................................................................................................................18
7.14 Importing GTC files containing "PH.RDC" system (TTAD #12055) .............................................................18
9 MESH .................................................................................................................................. 21
9.1 Verifying the mesh for a model with generalized buckling (TTAD #11519) ...................................................22
9.3 Creating triangular mesh for planar elements (TTAD #11727) .....................................................................22
9.4 Verifying the mesh of a planar element influenced by peak smoothing. .......................................................22
9.5 Verifying the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh (TTAD #15251) .........22
10 REPORTS GENERATOR.................................................................................................... 23
10.1 Verifying the modal analysis report (TTAD #12718) ....................................................................................24
10.2 System stability when the column releases interfere with support restraints (TTAD #10557) .....................24
10.3 Modal analysis: eigen modes results for a structure with one level .............................................................24
10.6 Generating the critical magnification factors report (TTAD #11379) ............................................................24
10.7 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on all quarters of super element) (TTAD
#12230) ..................................................................................................................................................................25
VII
10.8 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD
#12230) .................................................................................................................................................................. 25
10.10 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the EC2 calculation assumptions report (TTAD #11838) . 25
10.11 Verifying the shape sheet strings display (TTAD #12622) ........................................................................ 25
10.12 Verifying the Max row on the user table report (TTAD #12512) ................................................................ 26
10.13 Verifying the steel shape sheet display (TTAD #12657) ........................................................................... 26
10.14 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam (TTAD #12455) ..................................................................... 26
10.16 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on end points and middle of super element)
(TTAD #12230)....................................................................................................................................................... 26
10.17 Verifying the Min/Max values from the user reports (TTAD# 12231) ........................................................ 26
10.18 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the end point of super element) (TTAD
#12230, #12261) .................................................................................................................................................... 27
10.19 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the start point of super element) (TTAD
#12230) ................................................................................................................................................................. 27
10.20 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on start and end of super element) (TTAD
#12230) 27
10.21 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on end points and middle of super
element) (TTAD #12230)........................................................................................................................................ 27
10.22 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on start and end of super element)
(TTAD #12230)....................................................................................................................................................... 27
10.23 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on end points and middle of super element)
(TTAD #12230)....................................................................................................................................................... 28
10.24 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on all quarters of super element) (TTAD
#12230) .................................................................................................................................................................. 28
10.25 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD
#12230) .................................................................................................................................................................. 28
10.26 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the start point of super element)
(TTAD #12230)....................................................................................................................................................... 28
10.27 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD #12230)29
10.28 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on all quarters of super element) (TTAD
#12230) 29
10.29 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the end point of super element) (TTAD
#12230, TTAD #12261) .......................................................................................................................................... 29
10.30 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the start point of super element) (TTAD
#12230) 29
10.31 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the end point of super element)
(TTAD #12230, TTAD #12261) .............................................................................................................................. 29
10.32 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on start and end of super element) (TTAD
#12230) .................................................................................................................................................................. 30
10.33 Reports - Global envelope for efforts in linear elements with Min/Max Values and coresponding absicsa
position .................................................................................................................................................................. 30
10.34 Generating a report with modal analysis results (TTAD #10849) .............................................................. 30
VIII
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
11.2 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for spectrum with
renewed building option (TTAD #14161) ................................................................................................................32
11.3 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1/NA - Romania: Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #12472) ..........32
11.5 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #11478) ................32
11.6 EC8 / CSN EN 1998-1 - Czech Republic: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element
(DEV2012 #3.18) ....................................................................................................................................................33
11.7 Verifying signed concomitant linear elements envelopes on Fx report (TTAD #11517) .............................. 33
11.8 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete structure33
11.9 PS92 - France: Verifying efforts and torsors on planar elements (TTAD #12974).......................................33
11.10 EC8 / NF EN 1993-1-8/NA - France: Verifying the damping correction influence over the efforts in
supports (TTAD #13011). .......................................................................................................................................33
11.11 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying seismic results when a design spectrum is used (TTAD
#13778) ..................................................................................................................................................................34
11.12 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Generating forces results per modes on linear and planar elements
(TTAD #13797) .......................................................................................................................................................34
11.13 RPA99/2003 - Algeria: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element (DEV2013 #3.5) .............34
11.14 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints (TTAD
#12706) ..................................................................................................................................................................34
11.15 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying seismic efforts on planar elements with Q4 and T3-Q4 mesh
type (TTAD #14244) ...............................................................................................................................................34
11.16 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope
spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2) ......................................................................................................................................35
11.17 PS92/2010 - France: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum
(DEV2013 #8.2) ......................................................................................................................................................35
11.18 RPS 2011 - Morocco: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum
(DEV2013 #8.2) ......................................................................................................................................................35
11.19 RPS 2011 - Morocco: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element (DEV2013 #3.6) ...............35
11.20 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1-1 - Romania: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an
envelope spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2) .......................................................................................................................35
11.21 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis down
(TTAD #15095) .......................................................................................................................................................36
11.22 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying torsors on a 6 storey single concrete core subjected to horizontal
forces and seismic action .......................................................................................................................................36
11.23 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: verifying torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-defined
section cuts (TTAD #14460) ...................................................................................................................................36
11.24 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1-1 - Romania: Verifying action results and torsors per modes on point, linear and
planar supports (TTAD #14840) .............................................................................................................................36
12.2 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported circular hollow section element
subjected to torsional efforts (ref. Test 18) .............................................................................................................38
IX
12.3 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - Romania: Verifying lateral-torsional buckling resistance of an I rolled beam laterally
restrained at mid-span............................................................................................................................................ 39
12.4 EC3 / CSN EN 1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Compressed and bended profile ............................................ 40
12.5 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Compressive Force Resistance and Buckling Length (LRFD) 41
12.6 AISC 360-10 - United States of America: Verifying buckling lengths and lateral torsional buckling lengths
values after imposing them before starting the steel verification (TFSAD #14487) ................................................ 42
12.7 EC3 / SR EN 1993-1-1-2006 - Romania: Verifying the buckling resistance of a rectangular hollow section
column (R50*100/1) ............................................................................................................................................... 42
12.8 EC3 / SR EN 1993-1-1-2006 - Romania: Stability check for an IPE300 single span beam, simply supported43
12.9 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-6 - France: Buckling resistance of a class 4 circular hollow section .......................... 44
12.10 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Verifying the compression checks for an I section column ........... 45
12.11 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Example H.1 W-shape subject to combined compression and
bending (LRFD) ...................................................................................................................................................... 46
12.12 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE450 column fixed on base subjected to axial
compression and bending moment, both applied on top (ref. Test 31)................................................................... 47
12.13 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE600 simple supported beam, loaded with centric
compression and uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis (ref. Test 32) ................................................................... 48
12.14 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS300x150x9H class 1 simply supported beam, loaded
with centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts and a vertical punctual load in the middle (ref. Test 36)49
12.15 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying C310x30.8 class 4 cantilever, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load applied on the free end (ref. Test
35) .................................................................................................................................................................. 50
12.16 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE300 beam, simply supported, loaded with centric
compression and uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis (ref. Test 30) .................................................................. 51
12.17 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying CHS323.9x6.3H class 2 beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle (ref. Test 39) ......... 52
12.18 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying C310x30.8 class 3beam, loaded with centric compression,
uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle (ref. Test 34) ............................... 53
12.19 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped
welded built-up beam considering the load applied on the upper flange (ref. Test 42)........................................... 54
12.20 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped
laminated beam considering the load applied on the lower flange (ref. Test 43) .................................................... 54
12.21 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam
subjected to torsional efforts (ref. Test 17) ............................................................................................................. 54
12.22 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS350x150x5H class 4 column, loaded with centric
compression, punctual horizontal force by Y and a bending moment, all applied to the top (ref. Test 38) ............. 55
12.23 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying CHS508x8H class 3, simply supported beam, loaded with
centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle (ref. Test 40)56
12.24 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying UPN300 simple supported beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and punctual vertical force by Z axis (ref. Test 33) ................ 57
12.25 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS350x150x8.5H class 3 column, loaded with centric
compression, punctual lateral load and bending moment, all applied to the top of the column (ref. Test 37) ......... 58
12.26 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and compression verification of an
IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 1) ............................................................................. 59
12.27 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and shear verification of an IPE300
beam subjected to linear uniform loading (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 2) ..................................... 65
12.28 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and combined axial force with bending
moment verification of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 5) .................................... 71
X
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
12.29 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and combined biaxial bending
verification of an IPE300 beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 6) .....................................................77
12.30 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and bending moment verification of an
IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4)..............................................................................83
12.31 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the resistance of a column subjected
to bending and axial load (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 8) .............................................................. 89
12.32 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the compression resistance of a
welded built-up column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 9) .................................................................94
12.33 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the bending resistance of a welded
built-up beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 10) ............................................................................100
12.34 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification, shear and bending moment verification
of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 3) ...................................................................105
12.35 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and compression resistance for an
IPE600 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 7)............................................................................113
12.36 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling resistance of a CHS219.1x6.3H column
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 21) ...................................................................................................119
12.37 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 22) ....................................................................................................................124
12.38 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the design plastic shear resistance of a rectangular hollow
section beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 12) .............................................................................130
12.39 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the resistance of a rectangular hollow section column
subjected to bending and shear efforts (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 13) .....................................133
12.40 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling resistance of a RC3020100 column (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 20) ....................................................................................................................139
12.41 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Cross section classification and compression resistance verification
of a rectangular hollow section column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 11) .....................................146
12.42 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the
bottom and with a displacement restraint at 2.81m from the bottom (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
25) ................................................................................................................................................................ 150
12.43 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 column fixed on the
bottom (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 26) .......................................................................................182
12.44 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 beam simply supported
with a displacement restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 27).....................................................205
12.45 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 19) .........................................................................................................................229
12.46 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a IPE400 column for compression, shear, bending
moment, buckling, lateral torsional buckling and bending and axial compression (evaluated by SOCOTEC France
- ref. Test 23) ........................................................................................................................................................235
12.47 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the
bottom and without any other restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 24) ......................................270
12.48 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column hinged on base
and restrained on top for the X, Y translation and Z rotation (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 29) .....295
12.49 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular hollow section column subjected to bending
and axial efforts (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 15).........................................................................333
12.50 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped
welded built-up beam considering the load applied on the upper flange (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.
Test 44) ................................................................................................................................................................ 339
12.51 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the bending resistance of a rectangular hollow section
column made of S235 steel (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 14).......................................................344
XI
12.52 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Comparing the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made
from different steel materials (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 45) .................................................... 349
12.53 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-2 - France: Verifying the bending resistance of a purlin for a 15min duration ....... 353
12.54 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column fixed on base
and without any other restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 28) ................................................. 357
12.55 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam
subjected to biaxial bending (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 16) ..................................................... 385
12.56 NTC 2008 - Italy: Stability check for steel column hinged base .............................................................. 391
12.57 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1 - France: Buckling resistance of a steel column ................................................. 395
12.58 NTC 2008 - Italy: Deflection check on simply supported beam ............................................................... 399
12.59 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Deflection and Strength for a W-Shape Continuously Braced
Flexural Member in Strong-Axis Bending (LRFD) ................................................................................................ 401
12.60 EC3 / CSN EN 1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Compressed IPE300 .......................................................... 404
12.61 EC3 / CSN EN 1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Compressed U_profile ....................................................... 410
12.62 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical moment Mcr on a beam with intermediate restraints414
12.63 EC3 / CSN EN1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Bended beam without stability failure .................................. 417
12.64 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Example G.1 W-shape in strong axis shear (LRFD) .......... 422
12.65 NTC 2008 - Italy: Strenght verification of a steel linear hollow section .................................................... 425
12.66 NTC 2008 - Italy: Lateral torsional buckling verification of a steel column .............................................. 431
12.67 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA France: Verifying the stability of an asymmetric I-shape subjected to axial
force and bending moment ................................................................................................................................... 459
12.68 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical bending moment on a IPE200 beam with complex
loading ................................................................................................................................................................ 472
12.69 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical moment Mcr of a beam with intermediate restraints
subject to upwards loading ................................................................................................................................... 480
12.70 EC3 / CSN EN1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Tensioned diagonal ............................................................. 483
12.71 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P364 Open Sections
Example 2) ........................................................................................................................................................... 488
12.72 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Laterally unrestrained beam (from P374 Hollow Sections Example
4) ................................................................................................................................................................ 490
12.73 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam .......................................... 493
12.74 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P374 Hollow Sections
Example 3) ........................................................................................................................................................... 500
12.75 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Pin-ended column (from P374 Hollow Sections Example 2) ...... 505
12.76 Generating the shape sheet by system (TTAD #11471) ......................................................................... 508
12.77 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the cross section optimization of a steel element (TTAD
#11516) ................................................................................................................................................................ 508
12.78 Verifying the shape sheet results for the elements of a simple vault (TTAD #11522) ............................. 508
12.79 Verifying the calculation results for steel cables (TTAD #11623) ............................................................ 508
12.80 Verifying results on square hollowed beam 275H according to thickness (TTAD #11770) ..................... 509
12.81 Verifying shape sheet on S275 beam (TTAD #11731) ............................................................................ 510
12.82 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shape sheet results for a fixed horizontal beam (TTAD
#11545) ................................................................................................................................................................ 511
XII
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
12.83 Verifying the shape sheet results for a column (TTAD #11550) .............................................................. 511
12.84 CM66 (steel design) - France: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the roA roB
method ................................................................................................................................................................ 511
12.85 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - General: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB
method ................................................................................................................................................................ 511
12.86 CM66 (steel design) - France: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB
method ................................................................................................................................................................ 511
12.87 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA: Verifying the steel shape optimization when using sections from Advance
Steel Profiles database (TTAD #11873) ...............................................................................................................512
12.88 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling length results (TTAD #11550) ....................512
12.89 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section (TTAD #12533) ..........................512
12.90 Verifying the "Shape sheet" command for elements which were excluded from the specialized calculation
(TTAD #12389) .....................................................................................................................................................512
12.91 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Changing the steel design template for a linear element (TTAD
#12491) ................................................................................................................................................................ 512
12.92 EC3 / SR EN 1993-1-1-2006 - Romania: Fire verification: verifying the work ratios after performing an
optimization for steel profiles (TTAD #11975) .......................................................................................................513
12.93 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling coefficient Xy on a class 2 section .............514
12.94 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - Germany: Lateral-torsional buckling for a two field column with HEA 200 .............515
12.95 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Oblique bending checks for an I section column ........................516
12.96 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Fz shear checks for an I section column ....................................517
12.97 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: XLT stability value for an I section column..................................518
12.98 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Work Ratio stability value for an I section column ......................519
12.99 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: X stability values for an I section column ....................................520
12.100 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: C1, C2 & Mcr stability values for an I section column ...............521
12.101 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Mcr & XLT stability values for welded RHS beams ...................522
12.102 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Fy shear checks for an I section column ..................................523
12.103 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: k stability values for an I section column ..................................524
12.104 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Mcr & XLT stability values for laminated RHS beams ..............525
13.2 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber column subjected to compression forces .................532
13.3 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial tension536
13.4 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected to
combined bending and axial compression ............................................................................................................542
13.5 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber column subjected to tensile forces ...........................547
13.6 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-2 - France: Verifying the residual section of a timber column exposed to fire for 60
minutes .................................................................................................................................................................550
13.7 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-2 - France: Verifying the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to simple bending553
13.8 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial
compression .........................................................................................................................................................557
13.9 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to oblique bending ..........................562
XIII
13.10 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a C24 timber beam subjected to shear force ....................... 566
13.11 EC5 / SR EN-1995-1-1-2004 - Romania: Timber column subjected to compression .............................. 570
13.12 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for timber linear elements (TTAD #12259)............................ 571
13.13 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying the timber elements shape sheet (TTAD #12337) ............... 571
13.14 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying the units display in the timber shape sheet (TTAD #12445) 571
13.15 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Shear verification for a simply supported timber beam ....................... 571
13.16 EC5 / SR EN-1995-1-1-2004 - Romania: Timber column subjected to shear stress and torsion ............ 572
13.17 EC5 / SR EN-1995-1-1-2004 - Romania: Timber beam subjected to simple bending ............................. 573
13.18 EC5 / SR EN 1995-1-1 - Romania: Verifying compression strength for C14 circular column with fixed
base ................................................................................................................................................................ 574
XIV
7 Import / Export
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
7.1 Verifying the export of a linear element to GTC (TTAD #10932, TTAD #11952)
7.1.1 Description
Exports a linear element to GTC.
7.2 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS
(TTAD #12197)
7.2.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS. The file contains elements with circular hollow section. Verifies if the cross
sections are imported from the attached "UK Steel Sections" database.
7.3 System stability when importing AE files with invalid geometry (TTAD #12232)
7.3.1 Description
Imports a complex model containing elements with invalid geometry.
7.4 Importing GTC files containing elements with haunches from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12172)
7.4.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS. The file contains steel linear elements with haunch sections.
7.5.1 Description
Launches the "Export > Text file" command and saves the current project as a .do4 archive file.
The model contains all types of structural elements, loads and geometric objects.
7.6.1 Description
Exports the analysis model to ADA (through GTC) with:
- Export results: disabled
16
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
7.7.1 Description
Exports the analysis model to ADA (through GTC) with:
- Export results: enabled
- Export meshed model: disabled
7.8 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS
(TTAD #12197)
7.8.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS when the "UK Steel Sections" database is not attached. The file contains
elements with circular hollow section. Verifies the cross sections definition.
7.9 Verifying the GTC files exchange between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS (DEV2012
#1.9)
7.9.1 Description
Verifies the GTC files exchange (import/export) between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS.
7.10.1Description
Exports to IFC format a model containing linear elements having sections of type "I symmetric" and "I asymmetric".
7.11.1Description
Imports an IFC file containing a continuous foundation (linear support) and verifies the element display.
7.12 Verifying the load case properties from models imported as GTC files (TTAD #12306)
17
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
7.12.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with dead load cases and exports the model to GTC. Imports the
GTC file to verify the load case properties.
7.13 Verifying the releases option of the planar elements edges after the model was exported and
imported via GTC format (TTAD #12137)
7.13.1Description
Exports to GTC a model with planar elements on which the edges releases were defined. Imports the GTC file to
verify the planar elements releases option.
7.14.1Description
Imports a GTC file exported from Advance Design. The file contains the automatically created system "PH.RDC".
7.15.1Description
Exports a meshed model to GTC. The meshed planar element from the model contains a triangular mesh.
18
8 Joint Design
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
8.1.1 Description
Deletes a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar after the joint was exported to ADSC.
8.2.1 Description
Verifies the connections groups function.
20
9 Mesh
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
9.1 Verifying the mesh for a model with generalized buckling (TTAD #11519)
9.1.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the mesh for a model with generalized buckling.
9.2.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the mesh nodes of a concrete structure.
The structure consists of concrete linear elements (R20*20 cross section) and rigid supports; the loads applied on the
structure: dead loads, live loads, wind loads and snow loads, according to Eurocodes.
9.3.1 Description
Creates a triangular mesh on a planar element with rigid supports and self weight.
9.4.1 Description
The model consists in a c25/30 concrete planar element supported by three concrete columns (2 x R20/30, 1 x D40)
and one steel column (IPE400). Self-weight of elements is taken into account and 2 live loads of -20KN/m2,
respectively -100 KN/m2, are applied on the planar element.
9.5 Verifying the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh (TTAD
#15251)
9.5.1 Description
Verifies the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh.
22
10 Reports Generator
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
10.1.1Description
Generates and verifies the modal analysis report.
10.2 System stability when the column releases interfere with support restraints (TTAD #10557)
10.2.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the systems description report for a structure which has
column releases that interfere with the supports restraints.
The structure consists of steel beams and steel columns (S235 material, HEA550 cross section) with rigid fixed
supports.
10.3 Modal analysis: eigen modes results for a structure with one level
10.3.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Characteristic values of eigen modes" report.
The one-level structure consists of linear and planar concrete elements with rigid supports. A modal analysis is
defined.
10.4.1Description
Generates the "Steel materials" report as a .txt file.
The model consists of a steel structure with supports and a base plate connection.
10.5.1Description
Generates the "Rules description" report as .rtf and .txt file.
The model consists of a steel structure with supports and a base plate connection. Two rules were defined for the
steel calculation.
24
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
10.6.1Description
Performs the generalised buckling calculation for a steel structure hall, and generates a critical magnification factors
report.
10.7 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on all quarters of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.7.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on all
quarters of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.8 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on each 1/4 of mesh element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.8.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on each 1/4
of mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.9.1Description
Generates the "Model geometry" report to verify the model properties: total weight, largest structure dimensions,
center of gravity.
10.10 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the EC2 calculation assumptions report (TTAD
#11838)
10.10.1Description
Verifies the EC2 calculation assumptions report.
25
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
10.11.1Description
Verifies the shape sheet strings display for a steel beam with circular hollow cross-section.
10.12 Verifying the Max row on the user table report (TTAD #12512)
10.12.1Description
Verifies the Max row on the user table report.
10.13.1Description
Verifies the steel shape sheet display when the fire calculation is disabled.
10.14 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam (TTAD #12455)
10.14.1Description
Verifies the shape sheet for a steel beam.
10.15.1Description
Generates and verifies the shape sheet report.
10.16 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on end points and middle of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.16.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on end points
and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.17 Verifying the Min/Max values from the user reports (TTAD# 12231)
26
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
10.17.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates a user report containing the results of Min/Max values.
10.18 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the end point of super
element) (TTAD #12230, #12261)
10.18.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the end
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.19 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the start point of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.19.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the start
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.20 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on start and end of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.20.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the start
and end of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.21 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on end points and middle of
super element) (TTAD #12230)
10.21.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on end
points and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.22 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on start and end of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
27
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
10.22.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on start
and end of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.23 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on end points and middle of
super element) (TTAD #12230)
10.23.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on end
points and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.24 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on all quarters of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.24.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on all
quarters of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.25 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on each 1/4 of mesh
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.25.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on each
1/4 of mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.26 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the start point of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
10.26.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on the start
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
28
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
10.27 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on each 1/4 of mesh element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.27.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on each 1/4 of
mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.28 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on all quarters of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.28.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on all quarters of
super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.29 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the end point of super element)
(TTAD #12230, TTAD #12261)
10.29.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on the end point
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.30 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the start point of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.30.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on the start point
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.31 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the end point of super
element) (TTAD #12230, TTAD #12261)
29
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
10.31.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on the end
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.32 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on start and end of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
10.32.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on start and end
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
10.33 Reports - Global envelope for efforts in linear elements with Min/Max Values and
coresponding absicsa position
10.33.1Description
The purpose of this test is to check the content of a report which returns a global envelope for efforts on linear
elements, with the Max/Min Valus.
The model consisits in a concrete simple frame, 3 LoadCases and several combinations.
The report returns the Max and Min values of the efforts, per linear element, and the position/abiscisa of these
Max/Min values.
10.34.1Description
Generates a report with modal results for a model with seismic actions.
30
11 Seismic Analysis
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
11.1 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying torsors on walls with Seismic Loads (TTAD #16522)
11.1.1Description
Concrete walls subjected to EQ loads with different q factors on the 2 directions X, Y;
Verification is made according to EC8 - FR NA.
11.2 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for
spectrum with renewed building option (TTAD #14161)
11.2.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a linear element for spectrum with renewed building option, according to
Eurocode EC8 standard. Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements
by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
11.3 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1/NA - Romania: Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD
#12472)
11.3.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by load case" report for
a concrete beam with rectangular cross section R20*30 with fixed rigid punctual support. Model loads: self weight
and seismic loads according to Eurocodes 8 Romanian standards (SR EN 1998-1/NA).
11.4.1Description
Verifies the torsors on walls. Eurocode 8 with French Annex is used.
11.5 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #11478)
11.5.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by load case" report for
a concrete beam with rectangular cross section R20*30 with fixed rigid punctual support. Model loads: self weight
and seismic loads according to Eurocodes 8 French standards.
32
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
11.6 EC8 / CSN EN 1998-1 - Czech Republic: Verifying the displacements results of a linear
element (DEV2012 #3.18)
11.6.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of an inclined linear element according to Eurocodes 8 Czech standard. Performs
the finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element
reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (CSN EN 1998-1).
11.7 Verifying signed concomitant linear elements envelopes on Fx report (TTAD #11517)
11.7.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a concrete structure. Generates the "Signed concomitant linear elements
envelopes on Fx report".
The structure has concrete beams and columns, two concrete walls and a windwall. Loads applied on the structure:
self weight and a planar live load of -40.00 kN.
11.8 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey
concrete structure
11.8.1Description
Verifies torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete structure. EC8 with French Annex is used.
11.9 PS92 - France: Verifying efforts and torsors on planar elements (TTAD #12974)
11.9.1Description
Verifies efforts and torsors on several planar elements of a concrete structure subjected to horizontal seismic action
(according to PS92 norm).
11.10 EC8 / NF EN 1993-1-8/NA - France: Verifying the damping correction influence over the
efforts in supports (TTAD #13011).
11.10.1Description
Verifies the damping correction influence over the efforts in supports. The model has 2 seismic cases. Only one case
uses the damping correction. The seismic spectrum is generated according to the Eurocodes 8 - French standard
(NF EN 1993-1-8/NA).
33
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
11.11 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying seismic results when a design spectrum is used
(TTAD #13778)
11.11.1Description
Verifies the seismic results according to EC8 French Annex for a single bay single story structure made of concrete.
11.12 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Generating forces results per modes on linear and planar
elements (TTAD #13797)
11.12.1Description
Generates reports with forces results per modes on a selection of elements (linear and planar elements) from a
concrete structure subjected to seismic action (EC8 French Annex).
11.13 RPA99/2003 - Algeria: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element (DEV2013 #3.5)
11.13.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Algerian seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (RPA 99/2003).
11.14 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints
(TTAD #12706)
11.14.1Description
Verifies the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints for a simple structure subjected to seismic action
according to EC8 French annex.
11.15 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying seismic efforts on planar elements with Q4 and T3-
Q4 mesh type (TTAD #14244)
11.15.1Description
Generates seismic results on planar element meshed with T3-Q4 mesh type and only Q4 mesh type.
34
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
11.16 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an
envelope spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2)
11.16.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Eurocode EC8 standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
11.17 PS92/2010 - France: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope
spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2)
11.17.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to French PS92/2010 standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
11.18 RPS 2011 - Morocco: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope
spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2)
11.18.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Marocco seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum (RPS 2011).
11.19 RPS 2011 - Morocco: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element (DEV2013 #3.6)
11.19.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Marocco seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (RPS 2011).
11.20 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1-1 - Romania: Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for
an envelope spectrum (DEV2013 #8.2)
35
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
11.20.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Romanian EC8 appendix. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
11.21 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis
down (TTAD #15095)
11.21.1Description
Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis down, according to the Eurocodes EC8 standard.
11.22 EC8 / EN 1998-1-1 - General: Verifying torsors on a 6 storey single concrete core subjected to
horizontal forces and seismic action
11.22.1Description
Verifies torsors on a 6 storey single concrete (C25/30) core subjected to horizontal forces and seismic action. The
calculation spectrum is generated considering Eurocode 8 General Annex rules. The walls describing the core are
grouped at each level.
11.23 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1-1 - France: verifying torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-
defined section cuts (TTAD #14460)
11.23.1Description
Verifies torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-defined section cuts for a concrete structure which is
subjected to seismic action defined according Eurocode 8 norm (French annex).
11.24 EC8 / SR EN 1998-1-1 - Romania: Verifying action results and torsors per modes on point,
linear and planar supports (TTAD #14840)
11.24.1Description
Verifies action results and torsors per modes on point, linear and planar supports of a simple concrete structure. The
seismic action is generated according to Eurocode 8 norm (Romanian annex).
36
12 Steel Design
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.1 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-
shaped laminated beam considering the load applied on the lower flange (ref. Test 41)
12.1.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam made of S235 steel, considering
the load applied on the lower flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load and 2
punctual bending moments, acting opposite to each other, applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.2 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported circular hollow section
element subjected to torsional efforts (ref. Test 18)
12.2.1Description
Verifies a simply supported circular hollow section element made of S235 steel subjected to torsional efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
38
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.3.1Description
Verifies lateral torsional-buckling resistance of a simply supported I rolled beam (HEA 400) made of S355 steel. The
beam, laterally restrained on supports and at its middle span, is subjected to bending efforts about its strong axis.
The verification is made according to Romanian Annex of EN 1993-1-1.
12.3.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
C1 Modification factor C1 1.77 adim 0.0000 %
C2 Modification factor C2 0 adim 0.0000 %
Mcr Mcr 3531.97 0.0071 %
kN*m
XLT Modified reduction factor for LTB 1 adim 0.0000 %
Work ratio Stability work ratio 75.2463 % 0.0616 %
39
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.4 EC3 / CSN EN 1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Compressed and bended profile
12.4.1Description
Class section classification and combined axial force with bending moment verification of an IPE300 column
12.4.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio - oblique 87.2799 % 0.3217 %
40
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.5 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Compressive Force Resistance and Buckling
Length (LRFD)
12.5.1Description
Member AISC W14x132 ASTM A992 (Fy = 50 ksi) W-shape column to carry an axial dead load of 140 kips and live
load of 420 kips. The column is 30 ft long and is pinned top and
bottom in both axes. (LRFD)
12.5.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
FX Axial Force (kips) -0 kip 0.1190 %
Lfy Buckling Length (30Feet) 346.667 " -3.7036 %
41
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.6 AISC 360-10 - United States of America: Verifying buckling lengths and lateral torsional
buckling lengths values after imposing them before starting the steel verification (TFSAD
#14487)
12.6.1Description
Verifies buckling lengths and lateral torsional buckling lengths values on a W18x60 column made of ASTM A992
steel. Buckling lengths and lateral torsional buckling lengths values were manually imposed before starting AISC
steel verification.
12.7.1Description
Description: The test verifies the buckling resistance for a R50*100/1 column made of S235 steel.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode3 Romanian Annex.
42
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.8 EC3 / SR EN 1993-1-1-2006 - Romania: Stability check for an IPE300 single span beam,
simply supported
12.8.1Description
Verification of an IPE300 steel beam with a distributed load applied along the linear element; the beam is made of
S335 material and it is simply supported. The beam is subjected to a -30 kN/m uniform linear effort applied vertically.
12.8.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
MY My -0 kN*m 0.9393 %
FZ Fz -103.118 kN 3.1392 %
D D 1.02911 cm 1.8921 %
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio Fz 19.592 % -3.1537 %
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio oblique 46.2245 % 0.4880 %
43
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.9 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-6 - France: Buckling resistance of a class 4 circular hollow section
12.9.1Description
Calculates the buckling resistance of a class 4 circular hollow section in pure compression and compares the value
with the results from the document from CTICM ("Revue Construction Métallique n°4 - 2011").
12.9.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio Buckling work ratio 84.9289 % 0.1520 %
44
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.10 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Verifying the compression checks for an I section
column
12.10.1Description
Verifying the compression steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial force and
bending moment
12.10.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Compression 20 % 0.0000 %
45
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.11 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Example H.1 W-shape subject to combined
compression and bending (LRFD)
12.11.1Description
Determines the available compressive and flexural strengths. Checks for the combined effects of an ASTM A992
W14x99 and whether it has sufficient available strength to support the axial forces and moments together, obtained
from a second-order analysis that includes P-delta effects. The unbraced length is 14 ft and the member has pinned
ends. KLx = KLy = Lb= 14.0 ft.
12.11.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
FX Axial Load (but not Resistance) -400 kip 0.0000 %
Mz Strong Axis Moments (but not Resistance) 80 kip*ft 0.0000 %
My Weak Axis Moments (but not Resistance) -250 kip*ft 0.0000 %
46
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.12 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE450 column fixed on base subjected to axial
compression and bending moment, both applied on top (ref. Test 31)
12.12.1Description
The test verifies an IPE450 column made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to a -1000kN compression effort and a 200kNm bending moment by the Y axis.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.12.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 1 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness be the Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.85692 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Z axis
Kyy Internal coefficient kyy 1.11282 adim 0.5003 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 0.877347 adim 0.0000 %
Kzy Internal coefficient kzy 1.09248 adim 0.5004 %
Kzz Internal coefficient kzz 0.86131 adim 0.0000 %
47
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.13 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE600 simple supported beam, loaded with
centric compression and uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis (ref. Test 32)
12.13.1Description
The test verifies an IPE600 beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to a -3700kN compression force, a -10kN/m linear uniform vertical load and a -5kN/m linear
uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.13.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 1 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.840341 adim 0.7001 %
slenderness by the Z axis
Kyy Internal coefficient kyy 1.38898 adim 0.0000 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 1.50598 adim 0.0000 %
Kzy Internal coefficient kzy 1.28797 adim 0.2670 %
Kzz Internal coefficient Kzz 1.39645 adim 0.2657 %
48
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.14 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS300x150x9H class 1 simply supported beam,
loaded with centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts and a vertical punctual
load in the middle (ref. Test 36)
12.14.1Description
The test verifies an RHS300x150x9H beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to 12 kN axial compression force, 7 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 3 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.14.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.914476 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.723364 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness after the Z axis
Kyy Internal coefficient kyy 1.00121 adim 0.0000 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 0.576504 adim 0.0000 %
Kzy Internal coefficient kzy 0.628911 adim 0.0000 %
Kzz Internal coefficient kzz 1.00056 adim 0.0000 %
49
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.15 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying C310x30.8 class 4 cantilever, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load applied on
the free end (ref. Test 35)
12.15.1Description
The test verifies a C310x30.8 beam made of S355 steel.
The beam is subjected to 3.00 kN compression force, 1.80 kN punctual vertical load applied on the free end of the
beam and 1.2.kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.15.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Compression work ratio 0.229928 % 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Fy Share on Y axis work ratio 1.22815 % 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Fz Share on Z axis work ratio 0.411955 % 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio oblique 104.819 % -0.1724 %
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.619234 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness after the Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.0355441 0.0000 %
slenderness after the Z axis adim
50
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.16 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying IPE300 beam, simply supported, loaded with
centric compression and uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis (ref. Test 30)
12.16.1Description
The test verifies an IPE 300 beam made of
The beam is subjected to a 20kN compression effort, a -10kN/m uniform linear effort applied vertically and a -5kN/m
linear uniform load applied horizontal.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.16.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.94547 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness after the Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.311324 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness after the Z axis
Kyy Internal coefficient kyy 1.05105 adim 0.0000 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 0.91507 adim 0.0000 %
Kzy Internal coefficient kzy 0.543213 adim 0.0000 %
Kzz Internal coefficient kzz 1.03427 adim 0.0000 %
51
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.17 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying CHS323.9x6.3H class 2 beam, loaded with
centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the
middle (ref. Test 39)
12.17.1Description
The test verifies a CHS323.9x6.3H beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN axial compression force, 50 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 4 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.17.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.950034 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Y axis
Work ratio - Fx Work ratio of compression 1.15624 % 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Fy Work ratio of share after Y 1.25831 % -0.1341 %
Work ratio - Work ratio oblique 14.2939 % 0.0000 %
Oblique
Kyy Internal coefficient kyy 0.997081 adim 0.0000 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 0.598344 adim 0.0000 %
Kzy Internal coefficient kzy 0.598098 adim 0.0000 %
Kzz Internal coefficient kzz 0.997491 adim 0.0000 %
52
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.18 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying C310x30.8 class 3beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle
(ref. Test 34)
12.18.1Description
The test verifies an C310x30.8 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to a 12 kN compression force, 8 kN PUNCTUAL vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 1.5 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.18.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Work ratio of compression 1.30265 % 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Fy Work ratio of share by Y axis 2.31911 % 0.8309 %
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of share by Z axis 1.38292 % 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio oblique 131.321 % -1.9993 %
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.833792 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.0944245 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Z axis
53
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.19 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-
shaped welded built-up beam considering the load applied on the upper flange (ref. Test 42)
12.19.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam made of S235 steel,
considering the load applied on the upper flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load
and 2 punctual negative bending moments applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.20 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-
shaped laminated beam considering the load applied on the lower flange (ref. Test 43)
12.20.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam made of S235 steel, considering
the load applied on the lower flange.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.21 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section
beam subjected to torsional efforts (ref. Test 17)
12.21.1Description
Verifies a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel subjected to torsional efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex
54
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.22 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS350x150x5H class 4 column, loaded with
centric compression, punctual horizontal force by Y and a bending moment, all applied to the
top (ref. Test 38)
12.22.1Description
The test verifies a RHS350x150x5H column made of S355 steel.
The column is subjected to 680 kN compression force, 5 kN punctual horizontal load and 200 kNm bending moment,
all applied to the top.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.22.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.964215 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.854244 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Z axis
Kyy Internal coefficient kyy 1.08796 adim 0.0000 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 1.0179 adim 0.0000 %
Kzy Internal coefficient kzy 1.03881 adim 0.0000 %
Kzz Internal coefficient kzz 0.971914 adim 0.0000 %
55
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.23 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying CHS508x8H class 3, simply supported beam,
loaded with centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical
punctual load in the middle (ref. Test 40)
12.23.1Description
The test verifies a CHS508x8H beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN axial compression force, 30 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 7 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.23.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.971293 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Y axis
Work ratio - Fx Work ratio of compression 0.577201 % 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Fy Work ratio of share by the Y axis 2.74818 % 1.7844 %
Kyy Inrenal coefficient kyy 1.00029 adim 0.0000 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 1.00021 adim 0.0000 %
Kzy Internal coefficient kzy 1.00029 adim 0.0000 %
Kzz Internal coefficient kzz 1.00021 adim 0.0000 %
56
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.24 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying UPN300 simple supported beam, loaded with
centric compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and punctual vertical force by Z
axis (ref. Test 33)
12.24.1Description
The test verifies an upn300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN compression force, 50 kN PUNCTUAL vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 5kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.24.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Work ratio of compression 1.44739 % 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Fy Work ratio of share by the Y axis 0.523468 % 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of share by the Z axis 5.95157 % -0.8072 %
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio oblique 93.2275 % 0.0000 %
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.867496 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.227084 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Z axis
57
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.25 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying RHS350x150x8.5H class 3 column, loaded with
centric compression, punctual lateral load and bending moment, all applied to the top of the
column (ref. Test 37)
12.25.1Description
The test verifies a RHS350x150x8.5H column made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 680 kN compression force, 5 kN horizontal load applied on Y axis direction and 200 kNm
bending moment after the Y axis. All loads are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.25.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.959822 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.834835 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness by the Z axis
Kyy Internal coefficient Kyy 1.0529 adim 0.0314 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 0.916822 adim 0.0000 %
Kzy Internal coefficient Kzz 1.02245 adim 0.0313 %
Kzz Internal coefficient kzz 0.890307 adim 0.0000 %
58
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.26 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and compression verification
of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 1)
12.26.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
On top, the column is subjected to a 100 kN force applied gravitationally, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.
12.26.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. On top, the column is subjected to a 100kN force applied
gravitationally, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
59
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
■ Inner: None.
To determine the web class, we use Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
60
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
1
Therefore:
61
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
c 56.45mm
5.276
t 10.7mm
1
Therefore:
c 56.45mm
5.276 9 * 9 this means that the column flanges are Class 1.
t 10.7mm
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 2 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 2.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
62
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
A* fy
For Class 1, 2 or 3 cross-section Nc , Rd
M0
Where:
A section area A=53.81cm2
Fy nominal yielding strength for S235 fy=235MPa
Therefore:
A* fy 53.81*104 * 235
N c , Rd 1.264535MN 1264.54kN
M0 1
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.4(2)
63
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.26.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Work ratio Fx 7.90805 % -1.1494 %
64
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.27 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and shear verification of an
IPE300 beam subjected to linear uniform loading (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
2)
12.27.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to a 50 kN/m linear uniform load applied gravitationally.
The force is considered to be a live load and the dead load is neglected.
12.27.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 beam made from S235 steel. The beam is subjected to a
50 kN/m linear uniform load applied gravitationally. The force is considered to be a live load and the dead load is
neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
65
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and rotation restrained on X
axis
■ Inner: None.
To determine the web class it will be used the Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2.
66
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
67
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
According to the Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
c 56.45mm
5.276
t 10.7mm
0.92
68
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
c 56.45mm
5.276 9 * 9 * 0.92 8.28 this means that the column flanges are Class 1.
t 10.7mm
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the beam section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire beam section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
fy
Av *
V pl , Rd 3
M0
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(2)
Where:
Av: section shear area for rolled profiles Av A 2 * b * t f (t w 2 * r ) * t f
2
A: cross-section area A=53.81cm
b: overall breadth b=150mm
h: overall depth h=300mm
hw: depth of the web hw=248.6mm
r: root radius r=15mm
tf: flange thickness tf=10.7mm
tw: web thickness tw=7.1mm
Therefore:
fy 275
Av * 25.68 *104 *
V pl , Rd 3 3 0.4077MN 407.7kN
M0 1
For more:
Verification of the shear buckling resistance for webs without stiffeners:
hw
72 *
tw
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(7)
M1 1
1.20 * 1.20 * 1.20
M0 1
235 235
0.92
fy 275
69
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
hw 248.6 1.20
35.01 72 * 72 * 93.91
tw 7.1 0.92
There is no need for shear buckling resistance verification
According to: EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004 Chapter 5.1(2)
12.27.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Fz Fz -125 kN 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio Fz 30.6579 % -1.1035 %
70
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.28 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and combined axial force with
bending moment verification of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
5)
12.28.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
The column is subjected to a 500 kN compressive force applied on top and a 5 kN/m uniform linear load applied on
all the length of the column, on the web direction, both defined as live loads.
The dead load will be neglected.
12.28.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. The column is subjected to a 500kN compressive force
applied on top and a 5kN/m uniform linear load applied for all the length of the column, on the web direction, both
defined as live loads. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
71
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
■ Inner: None.
Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.
72
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
N Ed 0.500
2 1 2 1 0.21 1
A f y 0.005381 235
1 N 1 0.5
1 Ed 1 1.10 0.5
2 f y t d 2 235 0.2486 0.0071
73
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
42 42 * 1
69.92
0.67 0.33 0.67 0.33 * (0.21)
Therefore:
c 42
35.014 69.92
t 0.67 0.33
This means that the column web is Class 3.
Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the flanges class.
74
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
Therefore:
In absence of shear force, for Class 3 cross-sections the maximum longitudinal stress shall satisfy the criterion:
75
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.28.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio- Oblique 87.2799 % 0.3217 %
76
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.29 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and combined biaxial bending
verification of an IPE300 beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 6)
12.29.1Description
Classification and verification on combined bending of an IPE 300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is connected to its ends by a connection with all translation blocked and on the other end by a connection
with translation blocked on the Y and Z axis and rotation blocked along X axis.
The beam is subjected to a -10 kN/m uniform linear force applied along the beam gravitational along the Z local axis,
and a 10kN/m uniform linear force applied along the beam on the Y axis.
Both forces are considered as live loads.
The dead load will be neglected.
12.29.2Background
Classification and verification on combined bending of sections for an IPE 300 beam made from S235 steel. The
beam is connected to its ends by a connection with all translation blocked and on the other end by a connection with
translation blocked on the Y and Z axis and rotation blocked along X axis. The beam is subjected to a -10kN/m
uniform linear force applied along the beam gravitational along the Z local axis, and a 10kN/m uniform linear force
applied along the beam on the Y axis. Both forces are considered live loads. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
77
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation and rotation along Y, Z axis and rotation
blocked along X axis.
■ Inner: None.
Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.
78
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
79
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
According to Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
80
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
This means that the beam left top flanges are Class 1.
Overall the beam top flange cross-section class is Class 1.
In the same way will be determined that the beam bottom flange cross-section class is also Class 1
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
2
max(n;1)
N Ed 0
n 0 therefore 1
N pl , Rd N pl , Rd
Bending around Y:
For cross-sections without bolts holes, the following approximations may be used for standard rolled I or H sections
and for welded I or H sections with equal flanges:
M pl , y , Rd * (1 n)
M Ny, Rd but M Ny, Rd M ply, Rd
1 0.5 * a
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.1(4)
N Ed 0
n 0
N pl , Rd N pl , Rd
81
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending around Y:
For cross-sections without bolts holes, the following approximations may be used for standard rolled I or H sections
and for welded I or H sections with equal flanges:
M pl , z , Rd * (1 n)
M Nz, Rd but M Nz, Rd M plz, Rd
1 0.5 * a
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.1(4)
1.1086 1
M Ny, Rd M Nz, Ed 0.148 0.029375
The coresponding work ratio is:
WR = 1.1086 x 100 = 110.86 %
12.29.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio-Oblique 110.691 % -0.2784 %
82
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.30 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and bending moment
verification of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4)
12.30.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
In the middle, the column is subjected to a 50 kN force applied on the web direction, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.
12.30.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. In the middle, the column is subjected to a 50kN force
applied on the web direction, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
83
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
■ Inner: None.
The Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.
84
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
85
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
Therefore:
86
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
Therefore:
wpl * f y
M c, Rd for Class1 cross sections
M0
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.5(2)
Where:
w pl 628.40cm 3
fy nominal yielding strength for S235 fy=235MPa
Therefore:
M Ed 0.125
84%
M y ,V , Rd 0.148
87
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.30.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio - Oblique 84.6459 % -0.4166 %
88
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.31 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the resistance of a column
subjected to bending and axial load (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 8)
12.31.1Description
Verifies the classification and the resistance for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel subjected to bending and
axial force. The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.31.2Background
Classification and verification of an IPE 600 column, made of S235 steel, subjected to bending and axial force. The
column is fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is loaded by a compression force (1 000 000 N), applied
at its top, and a uniformly distributed load (50 000 N/ml). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 600 mm,
■ Flange width: b = 220 mm,
■ Flange thickness: tf = 19 mm,
■ Column length: L = 5000 mm,
2
■ Section area: A = 15600 mm ,
89
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (x = 5.00).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Point load at Z = 5.0: N = FZ = -1 000 000 N,
► Uniformly distributed load: q = Fx = 50 000 N/ml
■ Internal: None.
12.31.2.2 Reference results for calculating the column subjected to bending and axial force
In order to verify the steel column subjected to bending and axial force, the design resistance for uniform
compression (Nc,Rd) and also the design plastic moment resistance reduced due to the axial force (M N,Rd) have to be
compared with the design values of the corresponding efforts.
The design resistance for uniform compression is verified considering the relationship (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN
1993-1-1), while for bi-axial bending, the criterion (6.41) from chapter 6.2.9.1 (EN 1993-1-1) has to be satisfied.
Before starting the above verifications, the cross-section class has to be determined.
90
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
A fy 15600mm 2 235MPa
N c ,Rd 3666000N
M0 1.0
In order to verify the design resistance for uniform compression, the criterion (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN 1993-1-1)
has to be satisfied:
N Ed N 1000000N
0.273 1.0 27.3% 100%
N c, Rd N c, Rd 3666000N
91
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ 6 nodes,
■ 1 linear element.
92
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.31.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform 27.2777 % -0.0084 %
compression
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for oblique 79.9691 % -0.0386 %
bending
93
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.32 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the compression
resistance of a welded built-up column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 9)
12.32.1Description
Verifies the cross-section classification and the compression resistance of a welded built-up column made of S355
steel. The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.32.2Background
Classification and verification of a welded built-up column made of S355 steel. The column is fixed at its base and
free on the top. It is loaded by a compression force (100 000 N), applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 630 mm,
■ Flange width: b = 500 mm,
■ Flange thickness: tf = 18 mm,
■ Web thickness: tw = 8 mm,
94
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S355 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 355 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (z = 5.00).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Point load at Z = 5.0: N = FZ = -100 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the flanges class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table.
95
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The top flange class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 2:
c (500mm 8mm) / 2
13.67
t 18mm
235
0.81
fy
Therefore:
c
13.67 14 11.34
t
This means that the top column flange is Class 4. Having the same dimensions, the bottom column flange is also
Class 4.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table.
The web class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1:
c 630mm 18mm 2
74.25
t 8mm
235
0.81
fy
96
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
c
74.25 42 34.02
t
This means that the column web is Class 4.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the column section have Class 4 web and Class 4 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 4.
12.32.2.3 Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section
The compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.11) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
In order to verify the compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section, it is necessary to determine the effective area
of the cross-section.
The effective area of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying to both parts in
compression (flanges and web).
The following parameters have to be determined, for each part in compression, in order to calculate the reduction
factor: the buckling factor, the stress ratio and the plate modified slenderness.
The buckling factor (k) and the stress ratio( ) - for flanges
Table 4.2 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
flanges. The below picture presents an extract from this table.
Taking into account that the stress distribution on flanges is linear, the stress ratio becomes:
2
1.0 k 0.43
1
The buckling factor (k) and the stress ratio( ) - for web
Table 4.1 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
web. The below picture presents an extract from this table.
Taking into account that the stress distribution on web is linear, the stress ratio becomes:
2
1.0 k 4.0
1
97
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
p
c/t
500mm 8mm / 2 / 18mm 0.906
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 0.43
p
b/t
630mm 2 18mm / 8mm 1.614
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 4.0
p 0.188
1.0
2p
The effective width of the flange part can now be calculated:
beff , f c 0.875
500mm 8mm 215.25mm
2
The reduction factor () – for web
The reduction factor for web is determined with relationship (4.2) from EN 1993-1-5. Because p > 0.673, the
reduction factor has the following formula:
p 0.055 3
1 .0
2p
The effective width of the web can now be calculated:
Effective area
The effective area is determined considering the following:
M0 1.0
Work ratio
N 100000N
Work ratio = 100 100 1.54%
N c ,Rd 6506582N
98
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.32.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio 1.56233 % 2.1131 %
99
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.33 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the classification and the bending resistance of
a welded built-up beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 10)
12.33.1Description
Verifies the classification and the bending resistance of a welded built-up beam made of S355 steel. The verification
is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.33.2Background
Classification and bending resistance verification of a welded built-up beam made of S355 steel. The beam is simply
supported and it is loaded by a uniformly distributed load (15 000 N/ml). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 630 mm,
■ Flange width: b = 500 mm,
■ Flange thickness: tf = 18 mm,
■ Web thickness: tw = 8 mm,
■ Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
■ Section area: A = 22752 mm ,
■ Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 1. 0 .
100
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S355 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 355 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z axis and restrained in rotation along
X axis.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -15 000 N/ml,
■ Internal: None.
Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class of the
compressed flange (top flange). The picture below shows an extract from this table.
101
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The top flange class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 2 (above extract):
c (500mm 8mm) / 2
13.67
t 18mm
235
0.8136
fy
Therefore:
c
13.67 14 11.39
t
This means that the top flange is Class 4. Because the bottom flange is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table. The web part is subjected to bending stresses.
The web class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (above extract):
c 630mm 18mm 2
74.25
t 8mm
235
0.8136
fy
102
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
c
74.25 124 100.89
t
This means that the beam web is Class 3.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the beam section have Class 4 for top flange, Class 3 for web and Class 1 for
bottom flange; therefore the class section for the entire beam section will be considered Class 4.
12.33.2.3 Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending
The design resistance for bending for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.15) from EN 1993-1-
1:2001.
Before verifying this formula, it is necessary to determine the effective section modulus of the cross-section.
The effective section modulus of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying only to
parts in compression (top flange in this case).
The following parameters have to be determined in order to calculate the reduction factor: the buckling factor, the
stress ratio and the plate modified slenderness.
The buckling factor (k) and the stress ratio( ) - for flanges
Table 4.2 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
flange. The below picture presents an extract from this table.
Taking into account that the stress distribution on the top flange is linear, the stress ratio becomes:
2
1.0 k 0.43
1
p
c/t
500mm 8mm / 2 /18mm 0.902
28.4 k 28.4 0.8136 0.43
p 0.188
1.0
2p
The effective width of the flange part can now be calculated:
beff , f c 0.8776
500mm 8mm 215.89mm
2
103
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
M0 1.0
Work ratio
q L2 / 8 15N / mm 5000mm / 8
2
M
Work ratio = 100 100 100 2.54%
M c , Rd M c , Rd 1847559483Nmm
12.33.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Oblique Design resistance for bending work ratio 2.56711 % 1.0673 %
104
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.34 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification, shear and bending moment
verification of an IPE300 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 3)
12.34.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
In the middle, the column is subjected to a 200 kN force applied on the web direction, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.
12.34.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. In the middle, the column is subjected to a 200kN force
applied on the web direction, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
105
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
■ Inner: None.
To determine the web class, we will use Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2.
106
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
107
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
108
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
Therefore:
fy
Av *
V pl , Rd 3
M0
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(2)
Where:
Av section shear area for rolled profiles Av A 2 * b * t f (t w 2 * r ) * t f
2
A cross-section area A=53.81cm
b overall breadth b=150mm
h overall depth h=300mm
hw depth of the web hw=248.6mm
r root radius r=15mm
tf flange thickness tf=10.7mm
tw web thickness tw=7.1mm
Therefore:
fy 235
Av * 25.68 *104 *
V pl , Rd 3 3 0.3484MN 348.42kN
M0 1
109
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The shear force is greater than half of the plastic shear resistance. Its effect on the moment resistance must be taken
into account.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.8(1)(2)
Where:
2
2V 2 * 0.200 2
Ed 1 1 0.0223
V pl , Rd 0.348
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.8(3)
Av A 2 * b * t f (t w 2 * r ) * t f
Therefore:
M Ed 0.500
342%
M y ,V ,Rd 0.146
110
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
111
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.34.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio Fz 57.4021 % 0.7054 %
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio - Oblique 341.348 % 0.1021 %
112
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.35 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Class section classification and compression resistance
for an IPE600 column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 7)
12.35.1Description
Verifies the classification and the compression resistance for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel. The verification
is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.35.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (x = 5.00).
113
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load at Z = 5.0: N = Fz = -100 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class.
114
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The web class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table
5.2 - sheet 1:
115
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
c
42.83 42 42
t
This means that the column web is Class 4.
Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the flanges class.
The top flange class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in
Table 5.2 - sheet 2:
c
4.21 9 9
t
This means that the top column flange is Class 1. Having the same dimensions, the bottom column flange is also
Class 1.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the column section have Class 4 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 4.
12.35.2.3 Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section
The compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.11) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
In order to verify the compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section, it is necessary to determine the effective area
of the cross-section.
116
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The effective area of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying in this case only
for the web of the IPE 600 cross-section.
The following parameters have to be determined in order to calculate the reduction factor: the buckling factor and the
stress ratio, and the plate modified slenderness. They will be calculated considering only the cross-section web.
2
1.0
1
k 4.0
p
b/t
600mm 2 19mm 2 24mm /12mm 0.754
28.4 k 28.4 1.0 4.0
p 0.055 3
1.0
2p
Effective area
The effective area is determined considering the following:
M0 1.0
Work ratio
N 100000N
Work ratio = 100 100 2.79518%
N c, Rd 3577581N
117
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.35.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio 2.89583 % 3.6008 %
118
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.36.1Description
The test verifies the buckling resistance of a CHS219.1x6.3H made of S355.
The tests are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.36.2Background
Buckling verification under compression efforts for an CHS219.1x6.3H column made of S355 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Tube wall thickness: t=6.3mm
■ Tube diameter: d=219.1mm
2
■ Cross section area: A=4210mm
■ Radius of gyration about the relevant axis: i=75.283mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=2366x10 mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=2366x10 mm
119
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 355 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (z = 3.00).
■ Inner: None.
■ Buckling lengths Lfy and Lfz are both imposed with 6m value
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load at Z = 3.0: FZ = N = -100 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
N Ed
100 100% (6.46)
Nb, Rd
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2
d 219.1mm
34.778
t 6.3mm
235 235
0.814
fy 355
d
34.778 80 2 50 0.814 46.381 therefore the section is considered to be Class 2
t
It will be used the following buckling curve corresponding to Table 6.2:
120
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The imperfection factor corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
A fy
Nb, Rd (6.47)
M1
Where:
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
y 1 (6.49)
y y y
2 2
E 210000
1 76.41
fy 355
Iy 23860000mm 4
i 75.283mm
A 4210mm 2
Lcr 6000mm
y 1.043
i 1 75.283mm 76.41
121
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed 100000N
100 100 10.520%
N b,Rd 950533.8N
LT
122
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance in the strong inertia of the profile
SN y Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance in the 0.1052
strong inertia of the profile
12.36.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.635463 0.0000 %
slenderness adim
SNy Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling 0.105293 0.0000 %
resistance in the strong inertia of the profile adim
123
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.37 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 22)
12.37.1Description
The test verifies the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam made of S235 steel.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3, French Annex.
12.37.2Background
Lateral torsional buckling verification for an unrestrained IPE300 beam subjected to axis bending efforts, made of
S235 steel. The beam is simply supported. The beam is subjected to a uniform vertical load (10 000 N) applied
constantly on the entire length. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Beam length: 5m
2
■ Cross section area: A=5310mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=8356.00x10 mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=603.80x10 mm
124
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at the end point (z = 3.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Linear load From X=0.00m to X=5.00m: FZ = N = -10 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
M Ed
100 100% (6.46)
M b, Rd
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2
■ for beam web:
c 248.6mm
35.014 c
t 7.1mm 35.014 72 72 therefore the beam web is considered to be
t
1
Class 1
■ for beam flange:
c 56.45mm
5.276 c
t 10.7mm 5.276 9 9 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t
1
125
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
h 300mm
2 2 the buckling curve about Y-Y will be considered “a”
b 150mm
The design buckling resistance moment against lateral-torsional buckling is calculated according the next formula:
LT W y f y
M b, Rd (6.55)
M1
Where:
Where:
LT 0.5 1 LT (LT 0.2) LT
2
LT represents the imperfection factor; LT 0.21
126
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
2 E I z k z I w k z L 2 G I t C z 2 C z
M cr C1
k w I z
(1)
k z L 2
2
E IZ
2 g 2 g
according to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3 Chapter 2
Where:
2
E is the Young’s module: E=210000N/mm
2
G is the share modulus: G=80770N/mm
4 4
Iz is the inertia of bending about the minor axis Z: Iz=603.8 x10 mm
4 4
It is the torsional inertia: It=20.12x10 mm
10 6
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment): Iw=12.59x10 mm
L is the beam length: L=5000mm
kz and kw are buckling coefficients
zg is the distance between the point of load application and the share center (which coincide with the center of
gravity)
C1 and C2 are coefficients depending on the load variation over the beam length
If the bending moment is linear along the bar, if there are no transversal loads or if the transverse load is applied to
the center, then C2xxg=0 and the Mcr formula become:
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
The C1 coefficient is chosen from the Table2 of the EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3 Chapter 3.3:
127
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
LT 0.5 1 LT (LT 0.2) LT 0.5 1 0.21 (1.063 0.2) 1.0632 1.156
2
1 1
LT 0.621 1
LT LT ² LT ² 1.156 1.156² 1.063²
128
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.37.3Calculated results
Result Result description Value Error
name
XLT Lateral-torsional buckling coefficient 0.621588 adim 0.0947 %
Mcr Elastic critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling 130.699 kN*m 0.0681 %
129
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.38 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the design plastic shear resistance of a
rectangular hollow section beam (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 12)
12.38.1Description
Verifies the design plastic shear resistance of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S275 steel.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.38.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S275 steel to resist shear. Verification of the
shear resistance at ultimate limit state is realised. The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in
the Advance Design OTUA library. The beam is simply supported and it is subjected to an uniformly distributed load
(50 000 N/ml) applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 300 mm,
■ Width: b = 200 mm,
■ Thickness: t = 10 mm,
■ Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
■ Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
■ Section area: A = 9490 mm ,
■ Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 1. 0 .
130
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z axis and restrained in rotation along
X axis.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -50 000 N/ml,
■ Internal: None.
12.38.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
Before using it, the shear area (Av) has to be determined.
A h 9490mm 2 300mm
Av 5694mm 2
bh 300mm 200mm
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-
section:
f 275MPa
Av 5694mm 2
y
V pl , Rd 3 3 904044N
M0 1.0
Work ratio
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance is done with relationship (6.17) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
q L 50 N / mm 5000mm
VEd 125000N
Work ratio = 100 2 100 2 100 100 13.83%
V pl , Rd V pl , Rd 904044N 904044N
131
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.38.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Shear resistance work ratio 13.8219 % 0.1587 %
132
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.39 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the resistance of a rectangular hollow section
column subjected to bending and shear efforts (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 13)
12.39.1Description
Verifies the resistance of a rectangular hollow section column (made of S235 steel) subjected to bending and shear
efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.39.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist shear and bending efforts.
Verification of the shear resistance at ultimate limit state, as well as the design resistance for bending, is realised.
The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is
fixed at its base and it is subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height (200 000 N). The dead
load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
133
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 300 mm,
■ Width: b = 200 mm,
■ Thickness: t = 10 mm,
■ Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
■ Column height: L = 5000 mm,
2
■ Section area: A = 9490 mm ,
3
■ Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: W pl,y = 956000 mm ,
■ Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 1. 0 .
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (z = 5.00).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Point load at z = 2.5: V= Fx = 200 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
12.39.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
Before using it, the shear area (Av) has to be determined.
A h 9490mm 2 300mm
Av 5694mm 2
bh 300mm 200mm
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-
section:
f 235MPa
Av 5694mm 2
y
V pl , Rd 3 3 772546.6 N
M0 1.0
Work ratio
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance is done with relationship (6.17) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
134
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
V 200000
Work ratio = 100 100 25.89%
V pl , Rd 772546.6
12.39.2.3 Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending
Before calculating the design resistance for bending, the cross section class has to be determined.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
135
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract – part subject to compression).
c
15 33 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract – part subject to
bending):
c
25 72 72
t
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
136
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
W pl , y f 956000mm 3 235MPa
M c , Rd 224660000Nmm
y
M0 1.0
Work ratio
The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
L 5000mm
V 200000N
M Ed 2 100 2
Work ratio = 100 100 222.56%
M c , Rd M c , Rd 224660000Nmm
137
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for bending [%] 222.56 %
12.39.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance 25.8793 % -0.0413 %
Work ratio - Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 222.559 % -0.0004 %
Oblique
138
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.40 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling resistance of a RC3020100 column
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 20)
12.40.1Description
The test verifies the buckling of a RC3020100 column made of S355 steel.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode3 French Annex.
12.40.2Background
Verification of buckling under compression efforts for a rectangular hollow, RC3020100 column made of S235 steel.
The column is fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (200 000 N)
applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
2
■ Cross section area: A=9490mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=11819x10 mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=6278x10 mm
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
139
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (x = 5.00).
■ Inner: None.
■ Buckling lengths Lfy and Lfz are both imposed (10m)
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load at Z = 5.0: FZ = N = -200 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
N Ed
100 100% (6.46)
Nb, Rd
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
A fy
Nb, Rd (6.47)
M1
Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after the Y-Y axis
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
2
1 (6.49)
2
0.5 1 ( 0.2) ²
140
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The imperfection factor corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:
0.5 1 ( 0.2) ² 0.5 1 0.21 0.954 0.2 0.9542 1.034
Therefore:
1 1
0.698 1
2 2
1.034 1.0342 0.9542
M1 is a safety coefficient, M1 1
0.698 9490mm2 235N / mm2
Nb, Rd 1556644.7 N
1
N Ed 200000N
N Ed 200000N
100 100 12.848%
Nb, Rd 1556644.7 N
N Ed
100 100% (6.46)
Nb, Rd
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
A fy
Nb, Rd (6.47)
M1
Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after the Z-Z axis
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
2
1 (6.49)
2
141
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.5 1 ( 0.2) ²
It will be used the following buckling curve:
The imperfection factor corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:
0.5 1 ( 0.2) ² 0.5 1 0.21 1.309 0.2 1.3092 1.473
Therefore:
1 1
0.465 1
2 2
1.473 1.4732 1.3092
M1 is a safety coefficient, M1 1
0.465 9490mm2 235N / mm2
Nb, Rd 1037019.75N
1
N Ed 200000N
N Ed 200000N
100 100 19.286%
Nb, Rd 1037019.75N
142
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
143
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (strong inertia)
144
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (weak inertia)
Work ratio (y-y) Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (strong 12.85%
inertia) [%]
Work ratio (z-z) Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (weak 19.29%
inertia) [%]
12.40.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.697433 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness after Y-Y axis
Xz coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.465226 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness after Z-Z axis
SNy Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling 0.128586 adim 0.0000 %
resistance in the strong inertia of the profile
SNz Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling 0.192767 adim 0.0000 %
resistance in the weak inertia of the profile
145
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.41 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Cross section classification and compression resistance
verification of a rectangular hollow section column (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
11)
12.41.1Description
Verifies the cross section classification and the compression resistance of a rectangular hollow section column.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.41.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts of a hot rolled rectangular hollow section column made of
S235 steel. The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library.
The column is fixed at its base and free on the top. It is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its
top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 300 mm,
■ Width: b = 200 mm,
146
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ Thickness: t = 10 mm,
■ Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
■ Column length: L = 5000 mm,
■ Section area: A = 9490 mm2 ,
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (z = 5.00).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load at Z = 5.0:
► N = Fz = -100 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
147
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table. The entire cross-section is subjected to
compression stresses.
The cross-section class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, and it is calculated for the most defavourable compressed part:
c
25 33 33
t
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
12.41.2.3 Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section
The compression resistance for Class 1 cross-section is determined with formula (6.10) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
A f 9490mm 2 235MPa
N c , Rd 2230150N
y
M0 1.0
Work ratio
N 100000N
Work ratio = 100 100 4.48%
N c, Rd 2230150N
148
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ 6 nodes,
■ 1 linear element.
12.41.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio 4.484 % 0.0893 %
149
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.42 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on
the bottom and with a displacement restraint at 2.81m from the bottom (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 25)
12.42.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an “I symmetric” shape with: 880mm height; 220mm width; 5mm center thickness; 15mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to a -328kN axial compression force; 1274 kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 127.4
kNm bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column. The column height is
5.62m and has a restraint of displacement at 2.81m from the bottom over the weak axis.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.42.2Background
An I880*5+220*15 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column has a
880x5mm web and 220x15mm flanges. The column is hinged at its base and at his top the end is translation is
permitted only on vertical direction and the rotation is blocked for the long axis of the column. The column is
subjected to an axial compression load -328000 N, a 127400Nm bending moment after the X axis and a1274000Nm
bending moment after the Y axis.
The column has lateral restraints against torsional buckling placed in at 2.81m from the column end (in the middle).
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
150
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L=5620mm
■ Cross section area: A 10850mm2
■ Overall breadth: b 220mm
■ Flange thickness: t f 15mm
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
151
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at the end point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
■ Inner:
► Lateral buckling restraint in the middle of the column (z=2.81).
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =--328000N; Mx=127400Nm and My=1274000Nm
152
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1 N Ed 1 0.328
1 1 0.64 0.5
2 f y t d 2 275 0.85 0.005
153
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
235 235
0.924
fy 275
c 880mm 2 15mm
170 c 42 42 0.924
t 5mm 170 94.06
t 0.67 0.33 0.67 0.33 (0.78)
924
therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 4
- for beam flange:
c 107.5
7.61 c
t 15 7.61 9 0.924 8.316 therefore the haunch is considered to
t
924
be Class1.
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 4.
c 880mm 2 15mm
170 :
t 5mm
1 k 4
According to EC3 Part 1,5 – EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
bw
p t
28.4 k
235 235
0.9244
fy 275
850mm
p 5mm 3.261
28.4 0.9244 4
According to EC3 Part 1,5 – EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
-the web is considered to be an internal compression element, therefore:
154
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
inf 850mm
1 bc bt 425mm
sup 2
1 k 23.9
According to EC3 Part 1,5 – EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
c 880mm 2 15mm
170
t 5mm
bw
p t
28.4 k
235 235
0.9244
fy 275
850mm
p 5mm 1.325
28.4 0.9244 23.9
According to EC3 Part 1,5 – EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
bw 850mm
beff bc beff 0.692 294.1mm
1 1 1
be1 0.4 beff be1 0.4 294.1mm 117.64mm
b 0.6 294.1mm 176.46mm
be 2 0.6 beff e2
155
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
yG
22015 432.5 117.64 5 366.18 22015 432.5 601.46 5124.27
22015 117.64 5 601.46 5 22015
158330.095
15.53mm
10195.5
-the inertial moment along the strong axis is:
Iz 26627490.63mm 4
Wel , z 242068.10mm 3
y max 110mm
156
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y 2
1 (6.49)
y y y
2
Where: A is the effective cross section area; Aeff 7815.2mm 2 ; fy is the yielding strength of the material;
2
fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
157
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y 0.5 1 ( y 0.2) y ² 0.5 1 0.34 0.15 0.2 0.152 0.503
1 1
y 1.017
y y y
2 2
0.503 0.503 0.15
2 2
y 1
y 1
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
- the imperfection factor α will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:
0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z 1 (6.49)
z z z
2 2
158
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Where: A is the effective cross section area; Aeff 7815.2mm 2 ; fy is the yielding strength of the material;
2
fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
l fz 2.81m because of the torsional buckling restraint from the middle of the column
² E Iz ² 210000N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
N cr , z 6989347.62 N 6989.35kN
l fz ² 2810mm ²
Aeff f y 7815.2mm 2 275N / mm 2
z 0.555
N cr , z 6989347.62N
z 0.5 1 ( z 0.2) z ² 0.5 1 0.49 0.555 0.2 0.5552 0.741
1 1
z 0.812
z z z 0.741 0.741 0.555 z 0.812
2 2 2 2
z 1
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; …(3)
- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; …(6)
637kNm
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0.50
1274kNm
159
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
637kNm
0.5 C1 1.31
1274kNm
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
I z h t f
2
Iw
4
h cross section height; h=880mm
160
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iz I w L² G I t 2 210000N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
M cr C1 1.31
L² Iz ² E Iz 2810mm 2
49.8081011 mm 6 2810mm 80800N / mm 2 514614mm 4
2
1.31 6989347.626N 439.32mm
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
4022433856Nmm 4022.43kNm
Iy 1448234429mm 4
The elastic modulus : Wel , y 3179229.533mm 3
z max 455.53mm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT 1 (6.56)
LT LT ² LT ²
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ²
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:
h 880mm
42
b 220mm
0.76
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ² 0.51 0.76 0.466 0.2 0.466² 0.710
1 1
LT 0.803 1
LT LT ² LT ² 0.710 0.710² 0.466²
b) for the bottom part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
- the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C 2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:
161
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; …(3)
- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends on several parameters, such as: section properties; support conditions; moment
diagram allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; …(6)
0
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0
637kNm
0 C1 1.77
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
I z h t f
2
Iw
4
h cross section height; h=880mm
162
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iz I w L² G I t 2 210000N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
M cr C1 1.77
L² Iz ² E Iz 2810mm 2
49.8081011 mm 6 2810mm 80800N / mm 2 514614mm 4
2
1.77 6989347.626N 439.32mm
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
5434891269Nmm 5434.89kNm
Iy 1448234429mm 4
The elastic modulus : Wel , y 3179229.533mm 3
z max 455.53mm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with the formula:
1
LT 1 (6.56)
LT LT ² LT ²
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ²
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 880mm
42
b 220mm
0.76
163
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ² 0.51 0.76 0.401 0.2 0.401² 0.657
1 1
LT 0.849 1
LT LT ² LT ² 0.657 0.657² 0.401²
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
a) for the top part of the column:
y
k yy C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
y 1 (previously calculated)
N Ed 328kN
² E Iy
N cr , y 95035371.44 N 95035.37kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
N Ed
1 1
328000N
N cr , y 95035371.44 N 1
y
N Ed 328000N
1 y 1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
164
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Weff , y f y
0
M cr 0
According to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
4
Iy 1448234429mm
Wel , y 3179229.533mm 3
z max 455.53mm
The calculation the M cr 0 will be calculated using C1 1 and C2 0 , therefore:
² E Iz I w L² G I t 2 210000N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
M cr 0 C1 1
L² Iz ² E Iz 2810mm 2
49.8081011 mm 6 2810mm 80800N / mm 2 514614mm 4
2
1 6989347.626N 439.32mm
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
3070560199Nmm 3070.56kNm
Weff , y f y 3179229.533mm 3 275N / mm 2
0 0.534
M cr 0 3070560199Nmm
165
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
- for a symmetrical section for the both axis, N cr ,TF N cr ,T
A 2 E I w
Ncr ,T G It
I0 Lcr ,T ²
The mass moment of inertia I 0
I 0 I y I z A z g2
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I y 1490580416.67mm 4
Lcr ,T 2.81m
Torsional moment of inertia: I t 514614.75mm 4
N 328000N 328000N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed 0.20 1.31 4 1 1
N cr , z N cr ,TF 6989347.62 N 9646886.24N
0.224
166
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
y a LT
0 0.534 C my C my , 0 1 C my , 0
1 y a LT
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed 0.224 C mz C mz , 0
N
N cr , z cr ,TF a LT
C mLT C my 2
1
N N
0 0.534 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed 0.224 N
1 Ed 1 Ed N
N N N N
cr , z cr ,TF
cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y a LT
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y a LT
M y , Ed Aeff
y
N Ed Weff , y
It 514614.75mm 4
a LT 1 1 0.9996 1
Iy 1448234429mm 4
167
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Where:
² E Iy
N cr , y 95035371.44 N 95035.37kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
- C mLT must be calculated separately for each column part, separated by the lateral buckling restraint
aLT
CmLT Cmy
2
1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
-the C my term used for C mLT calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column part)
y a LT
C my C my , 0 1 C my , 0
1 y a LT
Cmy ,0 0.79 0.21 0.36 0.33 0.79 0.21 0.5 0.36 0.5 0.33
N Ed 328000N
0.895
N cr , y 95035371.44N
M y , Ed Aeff 1274 106 Nmm 7815.2mm 2
y 9.55 (previously calculated)
N Ed Weff , y 328000N 3179229.533mm 3
y a LT 9.55 1
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0 0.895 1 0.895 0.974
1 y a LT 1 9.55 1
a LT 1
C mLT C my
2
0.9742 0.989
0.328 0.328
1 N Ed 1 N Ed 1 1 C mLT 1
N N 6.9897 9.644
cr , z cr ,T
C mLT 1
Therefore the k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
y 1
k yy C my C mLT 0.949 1 0.952
N Ed 328000N
1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44N
168
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y
k yy C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed 0.20 1.77 4 1 328000N 1 328000N
N 6989347.62N 9646886.24 N
N cr , z cr ,TF
0.260
169
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
For the bottom part of the column:
y a LT
0 0.534 C my C my , 0 1 C my , 0
1 y a LT
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed 0.260 C mz C mz , 0
N
N cr , z cr ,TF a LT
C mLT C my 2
1
N N
0 0.534 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed 0.260 1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N N N
cr , z cr ,TF
cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y a LT
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y a LT
M y , Ed Aeff
y
N Ed Weff , y
It 514614.75mm 4
a LT 1 1 0.9996 1
Iy 1448234429mm 4
M Ed ,inf 0
The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore: 0
M Ed ,sup 1274kNm
170
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iy
N cr , y 95035371.44 N 95035.37kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
- C mLT must be calculated separately for each column part, separated by the lateral buckling restraint
aLT
CmLT Cmy
2
1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
-the C my term used for C mLT calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column part)
y a LT
C my C my , 0 1 C my , 0
1 y a LT
Cmy ,0 0.79 0.21 0.36 0.33 0.79 0.21 0.5 0.36 0.5 0.33
N Ed 328000N
0.895
N cr , y 95035371.44N
M y , Ed Aeff 637 106 Nmm 7815.2mm 2
y 4.77
N Ed Weff , y 328000N 3179229.533mm 3
y a LT 4.77 1
C my C my , 0 1 C my , 0 0.895 1 0.895 0.967
1 y a LT 1 4.77 1
a LT 1
C mLT C my
2
0.9672 0.974
328000N 328000N
1 N Ed 1 N Ed 1 1 C mLT 1
N N 6989347.62 N 9646886.24 N
cr , z cr ,T
C mLT 1
y 1
k yy C my C mLT 0.949 1 0.952
N Ed 328000N
1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44N
171
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
y
k yz C mz
N Ed
1
N cr , z
M 0
The Cmz term must be calculated for the hole column length Ed ,inf 0
M Ed ,sup 1274kNm
y 1
k yz C mz 0.784 0.823
N Ed 328000N
1 1
N cr , z 6989347.62N
Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
z
k zy C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1 1
328000N
N cr , z 6989347.62N
z 0.991
N Ed 328000N
1 z 1 0.812
N cr , z 6989347.62N
z 0.991
k zy C my C mLT 0.949 1 0.944
N Ed 328000N
1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
172
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
z 0.991
k zy C my C mLT 0.949 1 0.944
N 328000N
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
z 0.991
k zz C mz 0.784 0.815
N Ed 328000N
1 1
N cr , z 6989347.62 N
z 0.991
k zz C mz 0.784 0.815
N 328000N
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 6989347.62 N
Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k yy k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k zy k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk f y Ai
173
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
174
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y
z
175
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
176
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
Internal factor, k zz
k zz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
177
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
178
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
179
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
180
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.42.2.12Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
0.95
k yy Internal factor, k yy
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.15
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 1.72
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.58
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.19
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 1.71
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.56
bending moment over the Z axis
12.42.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 1 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.771957 adim 0.2542 %
slenderness
Kyy Internal factor, kyy 0.954682 adim 0.4928 %
Kyz Internal factor, kyz 0.823048 adim 0.3717 %
Kzy Internal factor, kzy 0.944081 adim 0.4341 %
Kzz Internal factor, kzz 0.813909 adim -0.7428 %
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term 0.12109 adim 0.9083 %
depending of the compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term 1.77289 adim 0.1633 %
depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term 1.57519 adim 0.3306 %
depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term 0.156861 adim -1.9619 %
depending of the compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term 1.7532 adim 2.5263 %
depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term 1.7532 adim 2.5263 %
depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis
181
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.43 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 column fixed on
the bottom (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 26)
12.43.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an “I symmetric” shape with: 408mm height; 190mm width; 9.4mm center thickness; 14.6mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to 1000kN axial compression force and a 200kNm bending moment after the Y axis. All the
efforts are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.43.2Background
An I40.8*0.94+19*1.46 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 40.8x9.4mm web and 190x14.6mm flanges. The column is fixed at it’s base The column is subjected to an axial
compression load -1000000 N, a 200000Nm bending moment after the Y axis and a 5000N lateral force after the Y
axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
182
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L=2000mm
■ Cross section area: A 9108.72mm2
■ Overall breadth: b 190mm
■ Flange thickness: t f 14.6mm
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
183
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=2.00m: FZ =-1000000N; Mx=200000Nm and Fy=5000N
N Ed 1.000
2 1 2 1 0.20 1
A f y 0.0091 275
1 N Ed 1 1
1 1 1.01 0.5
2 f y t d 2 275 0.3788 0.0094
184
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
235 235
0.924
fy 275
c 408mm 2 14.6mm
40.30 c 42 42 0.924
t 9.4mm 170 64.25
t 0.67 0.33 0.67 0.33 ( 0.20)
0.924
therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 3.
- for beam flange:
c 90.30
6.18 c
t 14.6 6.18 9 0.924 8.316 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t
0.924
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 3.
185
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y 2
1 (6.49)
y y y
2
186
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
A f y 9108.72mm 2 275N / mm 2
y 0.137
N cr , y 133338053.7 N
y 0.5 1 ( y 0.2) y ² 0.5 1 0.34 0.137 0.2 0.1372 0.499
1 1
y 1.022
y y y
2 2
0.499 0.499 0.137
2 2
y 1
y 1
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
- the imperfection factor α will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:
0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z 1 (6.49)
z z z
2 2
187
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
l fz 2.00m
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=16716452.10 mm
z 0.5 1 ( z 0.2) z ² 0.5 1 0.49 0.538 0.2 0.5382 0.728
1 1
z 0.821
z z z 0.728 0.728 0.538 z 0.821
2 2 2 2
z 1
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; …(3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; …(6)
188
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=257332751mm
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=16716452.10 mm
2
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 N/mm .
4
Torsional moment of inertia: It=492581.13 mm
Warping inertial moment:
I z h t f
2
Iw
4
h cross section height; h=408mm
² E Iz I w L² G I t 2 210000N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
M cr C1 1
L² Iz ² E Iz 2000mm 2
6.467741011 mm 6 2000mm 80800N / mm 2 492581.13mm 4
2
1 8661700.384N 208.052mm
16716452.10mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
1802088994Nmm 1802.089kNm
Iy 257332751mm 4
The elastic modulus : Wel , y 1261434.172mm 3
z max 204mm
189
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1
LT 1 (6.56)
LT LT ² LT ²
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ²
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 408mm
2.147 2
b 190mm
0.76
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ² 0.5 1 0.76 0.439 0.2 0.439² 0.687
1 1
LT 0.813 1
LT LT ² LT ² 0.687 0.687² 0.439²
190
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
y
k yy C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
N Ed 1000kN
² E Iy
N cr , y 133338053.7 N 133338.05kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
N Ed
1 1
1000000N
N cr , y 133338053.7 N 1
y
N Ed 1000000N
1 y 1 1
N cr , y 133338053.7 N
191
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Weff , y f y
0
M cr 0
According to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
Iy 257332751mm 4
Wel , y 1261434.172mm 3
z max 204mm
The calculation the M cr 0 will be calculated using C1 1 and C 2 0 , therefore:
² E Iz I w L² G I t 2 210000N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
M cr C1 1
L² Iz ² E Iz 2000mm 2
6.467741011 mm 6 2000mm 80800N / mm 2 492581.13mm 4
2
1 8661700.384N 208.052mm
16716452.10mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
1802088994Nmm 1802.089kNm
Weff , y f y 1261434.172mm 3 275N / mm 2
0 0.439
M cr 1802088994Nmm
192
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
1 2 E I w
N cr ,T G I
i0 Lcr ,T ²
2 t
4
Torsional moment of inertia: It=492581.13 mm
6
Working inertial moment: Iw=645759981974.33mm
Lcr ,T 2.00m
N cr ,TF N cr ,T 1.2441013 N
² E Iz ² 210000N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
N cr , z 8661700.38N
2000mm ²
(previously calculated)
l fz ²
C1=1 for the top part of the column
N 1000000N 1000000N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed 0.20 1 4 1 1
N 8661700.38N 1.244 10 N
13
N cr , z cr ,TF
0.172
193
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
y a LT
0 0.469 C my C my , 0 1 C my , 0
1 y a LT
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed 0.172 C mz C mz , 0
N
N cr , z cr ,TF a LT
C mLT C my 2
1
N N
0 0.469 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed 0.172 N
1 Ed 1 Ed N
N N N N
cr , z cr ,TF
cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y a LT
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y a LT
M y , Ed Aeff
y
N Ed Weff , y
It 492581.13mm 4
a LT 1 1 0.998 1
Iy 257332751mm 4
The bending moment has the same value on both ends of the column: 1
194
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Where:
N Ed 1000000N
a LT 1
C mLT C my
2
1.0012 1.065
1000000N 1000000N
1 N Ed 1 N Ed 1 1 C mLT 1.06
N N 8661700.38N 1.244 10 N
13
cr , z cr ,T
C mLT 1
Therefore the k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
y 1
k yy C my C mLT 1.001 1.065 1.074
N 1000000N
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 133338053.7 N
y
k yz C mz
N Ed
1
N cr , z
M
Cmz term must be calculated for the whole column length Ed ,inf 200kNm 1
M Ed ,sup 200kNm
² E Iz ² 210000N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
N cr , z 8661700.38N 8661.70kN
l fz ² 2000mm ²
N Ed
Cmz Cmz ,0 0.79 0.36 0.33 0.79 0.36 0.33
1000000N
0.776
N cr , z 8661700.38N
y 1
k yz C mz 0.776 0.878
N 1000000N
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 8661700.38N
z
k zy C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
195
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed
1 1
1000000N
N cr , z 8661700.38N
z 0.799
N Ed 1000000N
1 z 1 0.821
N cr , z 8661700.38N
z 0.977
k zz C mz 0.776 0.857
N Ed 1000000N
1 1
N cr , z 8661700.38N
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k yy k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k zy k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk f y Ai
196
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y
197
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
z
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
198
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
199
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k zz
k zz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
200
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
201
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
202
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
12.43.2.10Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.40
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.76
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.18
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.49
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.74
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.18
bending moment over the Z axis
203
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.43.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 1 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness
Xz coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.821634 adim 0.0772 %
slenderness
Kyy Internal factor kyy 1.11758 adim 4.0577 %
Kyz Internal factor kyz 0.877605 adim -0.0450 %
Kzy Internal factor kzy 1.09216 adim 4.0152 %
Kzz Internal factor kzz 0.857639 adim 0.0746 %
#SNy Bending and axial compression verification term 0.399218 adim -0.1955 %
depending of the compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term 0.783246 adim 3.0587 %
depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term 0.181362 adim 0.7567 %
depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term 0.485883 adim -0.8402 %
depending of the compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term 0.765426 adim 3.4359 %
depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term 0.177236 adim -1.5356 %
depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis
204
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.44 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 beam simply
supported with a displacement restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 27)
12.44.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section beam. The beam is hinged at one end and the translations over the Y
and Z axis and rotation after the X axis are blocked.
The cross section has an “I symmetric” shape with: 530mm height; 190mm width; 12mm center thickness; 19mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The beam is subjected to 10 kN/m linear force applied vertically, 5 kN/m linear force applied horizontally and 3700 kN
punctual force applied on the end of the beam.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.44.2Background
An I53*1.2+22*1.9 beam column subjected to axial compression, uniform distributed vertical force and uniform
distributed horizontal force, made from S235 steel. The beam has a 53x12mm web and 220x19mm flanges. The
beam is simply supported. The beam is subjected to an axial compression load 3700000 N, 10000 N/m uniform
distributed load over the Z axis and 5000 N/m horizontal uniform distributed force after the Y axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
205
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L=5000mm
■ Cross section area: A 14264mm2
■ Overall breadth: b 220mm
■ Flange thickness: t f 19mm
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at the end point (x = 5) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
206
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ Inner:
► Lateral buckling restraint in the middle of the column (x=2.50).
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load from X=f.00m and z=.00m: Fx =-3700000N;
■ External: vertical uniform distributed linear load from X=0.00 to X=5.00: Fz=-10000N/m
■ External: horizontal uniform distributed linear load from X=0.00 to X=5.00: Fy=-5000N/m
207
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
inf 246.94Mpa
1
sup 246.94Mpa
208
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
235 235
1
fy 235
209
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
c 530mm 2 19mm
41 c
t 12mm 38 38 41 42 42 therefore the beam web is
t
1
considered to be Class 3
-for beam flange:
220 12
c
5.47 4.57 9 1 9
c 2
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t 19 t
1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 3.
0.34
210
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y 2
1 (6.49)
y y y
2
y 0.5 1 ( y 0.2) y ² 0.5 1 0.34 0.247 0.2 0.2472 0.538
1 1
y 0.984
y y y
2 2
0.538 0.5382 0.2472 y 0.984
y 1
211
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z 1 (6.49)
z z z
2 2
l fz 2.50m
212
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
z 0.5 1 ( z 0.2) z ² 0.5 1 0.49 0.547 0.2 0.5472 0.735
1 1
z 0.819
z z z 0.735 0.735 0.547 z 0.816
2 2 2 2
z 1
is the isotactic moment report (for simply supported bar) due to Q load ant the maxim moment value
q L² 10000N / m 2500mm ²
0.25
8 M 8 31.25 103 Nm
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; …(3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
213
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0 therefore:
C1 1.31
214
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iz I w L² G I t 2 210000N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4
M cr C1 1.31
L² Iz ² E Iz 2500mm 2
22.01163 1011 mm 6 2500mm 80800N / mm 2 1269555.73mm 4
2
1.31 11205235.19N 272.58mm
33789514.67mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4
4001163141Nmm
Note:
LT 1
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN (2005); Chapter 6.3.2.2(4)
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be calculated
separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
215
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y
k yy C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
N Ed 3700kN
N Ed
1 1
3700000N
N cr , y 55130961.21N
y 0.999
N Ed 3700000N
1 y 1 0.984
N cr , y 55130961.21N
- Cmy coefficient takes into account the behavior in the plane of bending (buckling in the plan and distribution of the
bending moment).
- Must be calculated considering the beam along its length.
216
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Weff , y f y
0
M cr 0
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
4
Iy 665089874.67mm
Wel , y 2509773.11mm 3
z max 265mm
217
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
1 2 E I w
N cr ,T G I
i0 Lcr ,T ²
2 t
Lcr ,T 2.50m
N Ed 3700000N
N cr ,TF N cr ,T 1.696 1013 N
² E Iz ² 210000N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4
N cr , z 11205235.19 N
2500mm ²
(previously calculated)
l fz ²
C1=1
0.20 1 4 1 3700000N 1 3700000N
N N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N 11205235.19N 1.696 10 N
13
N cr , z cr ,TF
0.181
218
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
y a LT
0 0.439 C my C my , 0 1 C my , 0
1 y a LT
N N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N
0.181
C mz C mz , 0
N cr , z cr ,TF a LT
C mLT C my 2
1
N N
0 0.439 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed 0.181 N
1 Ed 1 Ed
N
N N N N
cr , z cr ,TF
cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y a LT
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y a LT
M y , Ed Aeff
y
N Ed Weff , y
Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y Weff , y 2509773.11mm 3
It 1269555.73mm 4
a LT 1 1 0.998
Iy 665089874.67mm 4
N Ed
Cmy ,0 1 0.03
N cr , y
219
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Where:
N Ed 3700000N
3700000N
C my ,0 1 0.03 1.002
55139061.21N
y a LT 0.048 1
C my C my , 0 1 C my , 0 1.002 1 1.002 1.002
1 y a LT 1 0048 1
aLT
CmLT Cmy
2
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
It must again calculate the coefficient Cmy, but only for the left section.
220
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
z 0.0001396m
2 E Iy N
Cmy ,0 1 1 Ed
L2 M y ,Ed N cr , y
2 210000N / mm 2 665089874.67mm 4 0.0001396 3700000N
1 1 0.999
2500mm 31.25 10 Nmm
2 6
55139061.21N
y a LT 0.219 0.998
C my C my , 0 1 C my , 0 0.999 1 0.999 0.999
1 y a LT 1 0.219 0.998
a LT 0.998
C mLT C my
2
0.999² 1.377
N N 3700000N 3700000N
1 Ed 1 Ed 1 1
N cr , z N cr ,T 11205235.19N 1.696 10 N
13
Therefore the k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
y 1
k yy C my C mLT 1.002 1.377 1.476
N 3700000N
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 55130961.21N
y
k yz C mz
N Ed
1
N cr , z
Cmz coefficient must be calculated considering the beam along its length.
221
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed 3700000N
C mz C mz ,0 1 0.03 1 0.03 1.010
N cr , z 11205235.19N
y 1
k yz C mz 0.776 1.506
N Ed 3700000N
1 1
N cr , z 11205235.19 N
z
k zy C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1 1
3700000N
N cr , z 11205235.19N
z 0.917
N Ed 3700000N
1 z 1 0.816
N cr , z 11205235.19N
z 0.917
k zz C mz 0.776 1.383
N Ed 3700000N
1 1
N cr , z 11205235.19N
222
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k yy k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k zy k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk f y Ai
223
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y
z
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
224
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
Internal factor, k zz
k zz
225
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over
the Y axis
SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over
the Y axis
SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over
the Y axis
SMyz
226
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over
the Z axis
SMzz
227
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.44.2.10Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 1.12
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.08
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.33
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 1.35
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.07
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.30
bending moment over the Z axis
12.44.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.983441 adim 0.3511 %
slenderness
Xz coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.816369 adim -0.4428 %
slenderness
Kyy Internal factor, kyy 1.47276 adim 0.1878 %
Kyz Internal factor, kyz 1.50599 adim -0.2656 %
Kzy Internal factor, kzy 1.35211 adim 0.1563 %
Kzz Internal factor, kzz 1.38261 adim 0.1891 %
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term 1.12239 adim 0.2134 %
depending of the compression effort over the Y
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term 0.078033 adim -2.4587 %
depending of the Y bending moment over the Y
axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term 0.325974 adim -1.2200 %
depending of the Z bending moment over the Y
axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term 1.35209 adim 0.1548 %
depending of the compression effort over the z
axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term 0.0716405 adim 2.3436 %
depending of the Y bending moment over the Z
axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term 0.29927 adim -0.2433 %
depending of the Z bending moment over the Z
axis
228
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.45 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 19)
12.45.1Description
The test verifies the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column made of S235 steel.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode3 French Annex.
12.45.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts for an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (200 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
2
■ Cross section area: A=5380mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=603.80x10 mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=8356x10 mm
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
229
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (x = 5.00).
■ Inner: None.
■ Buckling lengths Lfy and Lfz are doth imposed with 10m value
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load at Z = 5.0: FZ = N = -200 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
N Ed
100 100% (6.46)
Nb, Rd
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
A fy
Nb, Rd (6.47)
M1
Where:
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
2
1 (6.49)
2
0.5 1 ( 0.2) ²
230
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The imperfection factor corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:
0.5 1 ( 0.2) ² 0.5 1 0.21 0.854 0.2 0.8542 0.933
Therefore:
1 1
0.764 1
2 2
0.933 0.9332 0.8542
M1 is a safety coefficient, M1 1
0.764 5380mm2 235N / mm2
Nb, Rd 966051.089N
1
N Ed 200000N
N Ed 200000N
100 100 20.703%
Nb, Rd 966051.089N
N Ed
100 100% (6.46)
Nb, Rd
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
A fy
Nb, Rd (6.47)
M1
231
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Where:
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
2
1 (6.49)
2
0.5 1 ( 0.2) ²
It will be used the following buckling curve:
The imperfection factor corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.34:
0.5 1 ( 0.2) ² 0.5 1 0.34 3.178 0.2 3.1782 6.056
Therefore:
1 1
0.089 1
2
2
6.056 6.0562 3.1782
M1 is a safety coefficient, M1 1
232
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed 200000N
100 100 177.349%
Nb, Rd 112771.78N
233
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (strong inertia)
12.45.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.763129 adim -0.1140 %
slenderness after Y-Y axis
Xz coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.0891543 adim 0.1734 %
slenderness after Z-Z axis
SNy Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling 0.207253 adim -1.3081 %
resistance in the strong inertia of the profile
SNz Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling 1.77401 adim 0.2266 %
resistance in the weak inertia of the profile
234
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.46 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a IPE400 column for compression, shear,
bending moment, buckling, lateral torsional buckling and bending and axial compression
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 23)
12.46.1Description
The test verfies a IPE400 column, made of S275 steel, subjected to compression, shear, bending moment, buckling,
lateral torsional buckling and bending and axial compression
A lateral restraint is placed at 3m from the base.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.46.2Background
Unrestrained IPE400 column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column is fixed at
its base and free on the top end. A lateral restraint is placed at 3m from the base. The column is subjected to an axial
compression load (-125000 N) applied and to a lateral load after the X global axis (28330N). Both loads are applied
on the top end of the column. The dead load will be neglected. The results will be compared with the ones obtained
by the CTIM n4-2006.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
235
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L=9000mm
■ Cross section area: A 8446mm2
■ Overall breadth: b 180mm
■ Flange thickness: t f 13.5mm
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at the end point (z = 9.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
■ Inner: lateral (xoz) restraint at z=3m
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load From X=0.00m and Y=9.00m: FZ =-125000N and Fx=28330N
■ Internal: None.
236
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
CTICM model
The model is presented in the CTICM 2006-4-Resistance barre comprimee selon
237
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
c 331mm
38.49 c
t 8.6mm 38.49 72 72 therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 1
t
1
238
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
c 67.47mm
4.50 c
t 13.5mm 4.50 9 9 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t
1
N Ed
100 100% (6.9)
N c ,Rd
The design resistance of the cross-section for uniform compression Nc,Rd is determined using the formula below:
239
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
A f y
N c , Rd (6.10)
M0
-where:
N Ed 125000N
100 5.38% 100%
N c,Rd 2322650N
The compression resistance of the column is Nc, Rd 2324kN as it can be seen from conclusion extracted from
CTCIM 2006-4:
V Ed
100 100% (6.17)
Vc , Rd
The design shear resistance of the element, Vc,Rd is determined using the formula below:
f
AV y
Vc , Rd 3 (6.18)
M0
-where:
AV is the shear area:
AV A 2 b t f tw 2 r t f hw tw
-where:
240
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
f 275N / mm 2
AV y 4269.1mm 2
Vc , Rd 3
3 677810.66 N
M0 1
VEd 28330N
V Ed 28330N
100 100 0.04179 100 4.180% 100%
Vc, Rd 677810.66N
The shear resistance of the column is Vpl , z , Rd 677.8kN as it can be seen from conclusion extracted from CTCIM
2006-4:
M Ed
100 100% (6.12)
M pl , Rd
-the shear force does not exceed 50% of the shear plastic resistance, therefore there is no influence of the shear on
the composed bending;
241
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
-the axial compression force does not exceed 25% of the plastic resistance, therefore there is no influence of the
compression on the composed bending
The design bending moment resistance of the element, Mpl,Rd is determined using the formula below:
wpl f y
M pl , Rd (6.13)
M0
-where:
M Ed 254970000Nmm
100 100 0.70938100 70.938% 100%
M pl , Rd 359425000Nmm
According to CTICM document:
The bending moment resistance of the column is M pl , y , Rd 359.7kNm as it can be seen from the conclusion
extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:
0.21
242
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y 2
1 (6.49)
y y y
2
A* fy
y
N cr , y
2 2
Where: A is the cross section area; A=8446mm ; fy is the yielding strength of the material; f y=275N/mm and Ncr is
the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:
y 0.5 1 (y 0.2) y ² 0.5 1 0.21 0.62645 0.2 0.626452 0.740997
1 1
y 0.87968 1
y y y
2 2
0.740997 0.7409972 0.626452
243
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.34
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z 1 (6.49)
z z z
2 2
244
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Outside the frame, the calculation can be made with more than the safety of taking in account a buckling length equal
to the grater length of the two beam sections, 6m. A more accurate calculation is to perform a modal analysis of the
column buckling outside the frame. The first eigenmode of instability corresponds to an amplification factor equal to
critical cr 9.15 . The normal critical force can be directly calculated:
z 0.5 1 ( z 0.2) z ² 0.5 1 0.34 1.42588 0.2 1.425882 1.72497
1 1
z 0.37096 1
z z z
2 2
1.72497 1.724972 1.425882
According to CTICM document:
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for the strong section, z-z
axis, z is: z 0.3711 as it can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:
245
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; …(3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; …(6)
169.98kNm
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0.66667
254.97kNm
1 1
C1 1.17932
0.325 0.423 0.252 ² 0.325 0.423 0.66667 0.252 0.66667²
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=23130.00x10 mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=1318.00x10 mm
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
4 4
■ Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.08x10 mm
6 6
■ Working inertial moment: Iw=490000x10 mm
■ Length of the column part: L=3000mm
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT 1 (6.56)
LT LT ² LT ²
246
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ²
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:
0.34
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness, LT is: LT 0.7877 as
it can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:
247
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; …(3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; …(6)
C1 1.77
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=23130.00x10 mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=1318.00x10 mm
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
4 4
■ Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.08x10 mm
6 6
■ Working inertial moment: Iw=490000x10 mm
■ Length of the column part: L=6000mm
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
1
LT 1 (6.56)
LT LT ² LT ²
248
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ²
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:
0.34
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness, LT is: LT 0.694 as it
can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:
N Ed M M y , Rd M M z , Ed
k yy y , Ed k yz z , Ed 1 (6.61)
N Rk M y , Rd M z , Rk
y LT
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M M y , Rd M M z , Ed
k zy y , Ed k zz z , Ed 1 (6.62)
N M y , Rd M z , Rk
z Rk LT
M1 M1 M1
249
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
M y , Ed
N Ed
N Rk
k yy
M y , Rk
1.00 6.61
y LT
M1 M1
M y , Ed
N Ed
N Rk
k zy
M y , Rk
1.00 6.62
z LT
M1 M1
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:
y 1
k yy Cmy CmLT
N C yy
1 Ed
N cr , y
Auxiliary terms:
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
Where:
y 0.87968 (previously calculated)
² E Iy ² 210000N / mm 2 23130 104 mm 4
N cr , y 5918472.773N
l fy ² 9000mm ²
250
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
125000N
1
y 5918472.773N 0.99741
125000N
1 0.87968
5918472.773
0 C1 LT
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; …(6)
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0
251
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
C1 1.77
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis, N cr ,TF N cr ,T
A 2 E I w
Ncr ,T G It
I0 Lcr ,T ²
The mass moment of inertia I 0
I 0 I y I z A z g2
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=23130.00x10 mm
4 4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=1318.00x10 mm
-for simplification, it will be considered the same buckling length, Lcr ,T , for all the column parts:
Lcr ,T 6m
4 4
Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.08x10 mm
6 6
Working inertial moment: Iw=490000x10 mm
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
252
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N cr , TF N cr , T 2400423.788N
Ncr , z 1142396.153N (previously calculated)
N N 125000N 125000N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed 0.20 1.77 4 1 1
N N 1142396.153N 2400423.788N
cr , z cr ,TF
0.25505
Therefore:
C C 1 C y aLT
my my , 0 my , 0
1 y aLT
N N
0 0.88811 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed 0.25505 Cmz Cmz ,0
N cr , z N cr ,TF aLT
CmLT Cmy
2
1
N N
1 Ed 1 Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y a LT
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y a LT
M y , Ed A
y
N Ed Wel , y
Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y 1156 103 mm 3
M y , Ed A 254.94 106 Nmm 8446mm 2
y 14.90119
N Ed Wel , y 125000N 1156 103 mm3
It 51.08 104 mm 4
a LT 1 1 0.99779
Iy 23130104 mm 4
The C m 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:
253
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The CmLT coefficient takes into account the laterally restrained parts of the column. The CmLT coefficient must be calculated
individually for each of the column parts.
a LT
CmLT Cmy
2
1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
a) for the 3m part of the column:
y a LT
C my .3m C my , 0 1 C my , 0
1 y a LT
y 14.90119(previously calculated)
aLT 0.99779 (previously calculated)
The C m 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:
254
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
169.98kNm
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column part extremities: 0.66667
254.97kNm
y a LT
C my .6 m C my , 0 1 C my , 0
1 y a LT
M y , Ed A
y
N Ed Wel , y
Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y 1156 103 mm 3
255
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column part extremities: 0
256
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The C yy coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1 on the “Auxiliary terms:” part:
257
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■
max max y ; z
■ y 0.62645 (previously calculated)
■ z 1.42504(previously calculated)
■
max max y ; z max 0.62645;1.42504 1.42504
■ C my 0.95619 (previously calculated)
1.6 1.6
C yy 1 (1.13062 1) 2 0.95619² 1.42504 0.95619² 1.42504² 0.05382 0
1.13062 1.13062
0.98511
258
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The internal factor k zy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:
z 1 wy
k zy Cmy CmLT 0.6
N Ed C zy wz
1
N cr , y
Auxiliary terms:
N Ed
1
N cr , z
z
N
1 z Ed
N cr , z
Where:
z 0.37096 (previously calculated)
259
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
C C 1 C y aLT
my my , 0 my , 0
1 y aLT
N N
0 0.88811 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed 0.208 Cmz Cmz ,0
N cr , z N cr ,TF aLT
CmLT Cmy
2
1
N N
1 Ed 1 Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
(previously calculated)
M y , Ed A 254.94 10 Nmm
6
8446mm 2
y 14.90119 (previously calculated)
N Ed Wel , y 125000N 1156 103 mm3
It 51.08 104 mm 4
aLT 1 1 0.99779(previously calculated)
Iy 23130 104 mm 4
The C m 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:
260
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y a LT
C my Cmy , 0 1 C my , 0 0.95619
1 y a LT
(previously calculated)
The Czy coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1 on the “Auxiliary terms:” part:
C 2 2 wy Wel , y
Czy 1 ( wy 1) 2 14 my 5 max n pl d LT 0.6
wy
wz W pl , y
Where:
0 M y , Ed M z , Ed 0 M y , Ed
d LT 2 aLT 2 aLT 0 0
0.1
4
z
Cmy LT M pl , y , Rd Cmz M pl , z , Rd 0.1 4
z Cmy LT M pl , y , Rd
261
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
W pl , y 1307 103 mm 3
wy 1.13062 1.5 (previously calculated)
Wel , y 1156 103 mm 3
W pl , z
wz 1.5
Wel , z
Elastic modulus after the Z axis, Wel , z 146.40 103 mm 3
In conclusion:
z 1 wy 0.923830 1 1.13062
k zy C my C mLT 0.6 0.986091.05569 0.6
N Ed C zy wz 125000N 0.90887 1.5
1 1
N cr , y 5918472.773N
0.56307
262
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y 1 wy
k zy `,3m C my C mLT ,3m 0.6
N C zy wz
1 Ed
N cr , z
0.99741 1 1.13062
0.956191.05569 125000N
0.90887
0.6
1.5
0.52306
1
5918472.773N
k zy
y 1 wy
k zy , 6 m C my C mLT , 6 m N
C zy
0.6
wz
1 Ed
N cr , z
0.956191 0.99741
1
0.6
1.13062
0.50752
125000N 0.98511 1.5
1
5918472.773N
N Ed M y ,Ed
k yy
N M y ,Rk
y Rk LT
M1 M1
125000N 254970000Nmm
1.04409
2322650N 359425000Nmm
0.87968 0.80173
1 1
0.06119 0.92383 0.98501 1
N Ed M y ,Ed
k zy
N Rk M y ,Rk
z LT
M1 M1
125000N 254970000Nmm
0.52306
2322650N 359425000Nmm
0.37096 0.80173
1 1
0.14508 0.46281 0.60789 1
263
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed M y ,Ed
k yy
N M y ,Rk
y Rk LT
M1 M1
125000N 168980000Nmm
0.98902
2322650N 359425000Nmm
0.87968 0.63518
1 1
0.06118 0.73204 0.79322 1
N Ed M y ,Ed
k zy
N Rk M y ,Rk
z LT
M1 M1
125000N 168980000Nmm
0.50752
2322650N 359425000Nmm
0.37096 0.63518
1 1
0.14508 0.37565 0.52073 1
264
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
265
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y
266
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
z
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
267
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
12.46.2.11Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Fx Ratio of the design normal force to design compression resistance 5.38
Work ratio - Fz Ratio of the design share force to design share resistance 4.18
Work ratio - Oblique Ratio of the design moment resistance to design bending resistance 70.94
one the principal axis
12.46.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Ratio of the design normal force to design 5.38178 % 0.0331 %
compression resistance
Work ratio - Fz Ratio of the design share force to design share 4.17973 % -0.0065 %
resistance
Work ratio - Ratio of the design moment resistance to design 70.9383 % -0.0024 %
Oblique bending resistance one the principal axis
268
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
269
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.47 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on
the bottom and without any other restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 24)
12.47.1Description
The test verifies an user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an “I symmetric” shape with: 880mm height; 220mm width; 5mm center thickness; 15mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to 328 kN axial compression force; 1274 kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 127.4
kNm bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column. The column height is
5.62m and has no restraints over its length.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.47.2Background
An I880*5+220*15 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column has a
880x5mm web and 220x15mm flanges. The column is hinged at its base and, at his top end, translation is permitted
only on vertical direction and the rotation is blocked for the long axis of the column. The column is subjected to an
axial compression load 328000 N, 127400Nm bending moment after the X axis and 1274000Nm bending moment
after the Y axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
270
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L=5620mm
■ Cross section area: A 10850mm2
■ Overall breadth: b 220mm
■ Flange thickness: t f 15mm
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
271
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at the end point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =--328000N; Mx=127400Nm and My=1274000Nm
272
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1 N Ed 1 0.328
1 1 0.64 0.5
2 f y t d 2 275 0.850 0.005
235 235
0.924
fy 275
c 880mm 2 15mm
170 c 42 42 0.924
t 5mm 170 94.057
t 0.67 0.33 0.67 0.33 (0.78)
1
therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 4
-for beam flange:
c 107.5
7.61 c
t 15 7.61 9 9 therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t
1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 4
273
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
c 880mm 2 15mm
170 :
t 5mm
1 k 4
-according EC3 Part 1,5 – EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
bw
p t
28.4 k
235 235
0.9244
fy 275
850mm
p 5mm 3.261
28.4 0.9244 4
-according EC3 Part 1,5 – EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
-the web is considered to be an internal compression element, therefore:
274
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
inf 850mm
1 bc bt 425mm
sup 2
1 k 23.9
-according EC3 Part 1,5 – EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
c 880mm 2 15mm
170
t 5mm
bw
p t
28.4 k
235 235
0.9244
fy 275
850mm
p 5mm 1.325
28.4 0.9244 23.9
-according EC3 Part 1,5 – EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
bw 850mm
beff bc beff 0.692 294.1mm
1 1 1
be1 0.4 beff be1 0.4 294.1mm 117.64mm
b 0.6 294.1mm 176.46mm
be 2 0.6 beff e2
275
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
yG
22015 432.5 117.64 5 366.18 22015 432.5 601.46 5124.27
22015 117.64 5 601.46 5 22015
158330.095
15.53mm
10195.5
-the inertial moment along the strong axis is:
Iz 26627490.63mm 4
Wel , z 242068.10mm 3
y max 110mm
276
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y 2
1 (6.49)
y y y
2
277
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Where: A is the effective cross section area; Aeff 7815.2mm 2 ; fy is the yielding strength of the material;
2
fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
y 0.5 1 ( y 0.2) y ² 0.5 1 0.34 0.15 0.2 0.152 0.503
1 1
y 1.017
y y y
2 2
0.503 0.5032 0.152 y 1
y 1
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
-the imperfection factor α will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:
0.49
278
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z 1 (6.49)
z z z
2 2
Where: A is the effective cross section area; Aeff 7815.2mm 2 ; fy is the yielding strength of the material;
2
fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
² E Iz ² 210000N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
N cr , z 1747336.905N 1747.34kN
l fz ² 5620mm ²
Aeff f y 7815.2mm 2 275N / mm 2
z 1.109
N cr , z 1747336.905N
z 0.5 1 ( z 0.2) z ² 0.5 1 0.49 1.109 0.2 1.1092 1.338
1 1
z 0.479
z z z 1.338 1.338 1.109 z 0.479
2 2 2 2
z 1
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; …(3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; …(6)
0kNm
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0
1274kNm
279
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0kNm
0 C1 1.77
1274kNm
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I y 1448234429mm 4
I z h t f
2
Iw
4
h cross section height; h=880mm
² E Iz I w L² G I t 2 210000N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
M cr C1 1.77
L² Iz ² E Iz 5620mm 2
49.8081011 mm 6 5620mm 80800N / mm 2 514614mm 4
2
1.77 1747336.905N 459.185mm
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
1420163158Nmm 1420.163kNm
Iy 1448234429mm 4
The elastic modulus : Wel , y 3179229.533mm 3
z max 455.53mm
Weff , y f y 3179229.533mm 3 275N / mm 2
LT 0.785
M cr 1420163158Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT 1 (6.56)
LT LT ² LT ²
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ²
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 880mm
42
b 220mm
280
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.76
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ² 0.51 0.76 0.785 0.2 0.785² 1.030
1 1
LT 0.589 1
LT LT ² LT ² 1.030 1.030² 0.785²
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:
y
k yy C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
281
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
y 1 (previously calculated)
N Ed 328kN
² E Iy
N cr , y 95035371.44 N 95035.37kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
N Ed
1 1
328000N
N cr , y 95035371.44 N 1
y
N Ed 328000N
1 y 1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44 N
282
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Weff , y f y
0
M cr 0
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
Wel , y 3387.66 10 mm 3 3
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
A 2 E I w
Ncr ,T G It
I0 Lcr ,T ²
I 0 I y I z A z g2
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I y 1490580416.67mm 4
283
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iz
N cr , z 1747336.905N (previously calculated)
l fz ²
0.20 1.77 4 1 328000N 1 328000N
N N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N
N cr , z cr ,TF 1747336.905N 2634739.14 N
0.244
Therefore:
y a LT
0 0.810 Cmy Cmy ,0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y a LT
N
1 N Ed
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
0.244
Cmz Cmz , 0
N cr , z N cr ,TF
CmLT Cmy a LT
2
1
N N
0 0.810 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed 0.244 N
1 Ed 1 Ed N
N N N cr , z N cr ,T
cr , z cr ,TF
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y a LT
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y a LT
M y , Ed Aeff
y
N Ed Weff , y
Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y Weff , y 3179229.533mm 3
M y , Ed Aeff 1274 106 Nmm 7815.2mm 2
y 9.55
N Ed Weff , y 328000N 3179229.533mm 3
It 514614.75mm 4
a LT 1 1 0.9996 1
Iy 1448234429mm 4
284
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iy
N cr , y 95035371.44 N 95035.37kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
y
k yz C mz
N Ed
1
N cr , z
285
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y 1
k yz C mz 0.7677 0.945
N Ed 328000N
1 1
N cr , z 1747336.905N
z
k zy C my C mLT
N Ed
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1 1
328000N
N cr , z 1747336.905N
z 0.893
N Ed 328000N
1 z 1 0.479
N cr , z 1747336.905N
z 0.893
k zy Cmy CmLT 0.9491.068 0.908
N Ed 328000N
1 1
N cr , y 95035371.44N
z 0.893
k zz C mz 0.7677 0.844
N 328000N
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 1747336.905N
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k yy k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k zy k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk f y Ai
286
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y
287
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
z
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
288
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
289
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k zz
k zz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
290
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
291
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
292
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
12.47.2.12Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.15
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 2.50
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.81
bending moment over the Y axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 2.23
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.61
bending moment over the Z axis
12.47.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 1 adim 0.0000 %
slenderness
293
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
294
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.48 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column hinged
on base and restrained on top for the X, Y translation and Z rotation (evaluated by SOCOTEC
France - ref. Test 29)
12.48.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The column is an “I symmetric” shape with: 260mm height; 150mm width; 7.1mm web thickness; 10.7mm flange
thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius. The column is made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 328 kN axial compression force and 50kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 10kNm
bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied to the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.48.2Background
An I260*7.1+150*10.7 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 260x7.1mm web and 150x10.7mm flanges. The column is fixed for all translations and free for all rotations, at
its base, and on the top end, the translations over the X and Y axes and the rotation over the Z axis are not
permitted. In the middle of the column there is a restraint over the Y axis, therefore the bucking length for the XY
plane is equal to half of the column length. The column is subjected to an axial compression load -328000 N, a
10000Nm bending moment after the X axis and a 50000Nm bending moment after the Y axis
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
295
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L=5620mm
■ Cross section area: A 4904.06mm2
■ Overall breadth: b 150mm
■ Flange thickness: t f 10.70mm
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
296
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Restraint of translation over the Y axis at half (z=2.81)
► Support at start point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained in rotation
along Z axis,
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =-328000N; Mx=10000Nm and My=50000Nm
297
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1 N Ed 1 0.328
1 1 0.85 0.5
2 f y t d 2 275 0.2386 0.0071
298
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
235 235
0.924
fy 275
c 260mm 2 10.7mm
33.61 c 396 396 0.924
t 7.1mm 33.6 36.41 therefore the beam
t 13 1 13 0.85 1
0.924
web is considered to be Class 1
-for beam flange:
150 7.1
c
6.68 6.68 9 0.924 8.316
c 2
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t 10.7 t
0.924
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1.
0.34
299
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y 2
1 (6.49)
y y y
2
y 0.5 1 ( y 0.2) y ² 0.5 1 0.34 0.5956 0.2 0.59562 0.7446
1 1
y 0.839
y y y
2 2
0.7446 0.74462 0.59562 y 0.839
y 1
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
- the imperfection factor α will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:
300
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z 1 (6.49)
z z z
2 2
z 0.5 1 ( z 0.2) z ² 0.5 1 0.49 0.923 0.2 0.9232 1.103
301
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1 1
z 0.586
z z z 1.103 1.103 0.923 z 0.586
2 2 2 2
z 1
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; …(3)
- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; …(6)
M y ,botom 25kN
0.5 C1 1.31
M y ,top 25kN
302
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
I z h t f
2
Iw
4
h cross section height; h 260mm
² E Iz I w L² G It 2 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
M cr C1 1.31
L² Iz ² E Iz 2810mm 2
93627638290mm 6 2810mm 80800N / mm 2 149294.97mm 4
2
1.31 1581706.51N 152.20mm
6025866.46mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
315363380.74 Nmm 315.36kNm
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm 3 275N / mm 2
LT 0.661
M cr 315363380.74Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT 1 (6.56)
LT LT ² LT ²
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ²
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 260mm
1.733 2
b 150mm
LT 0.49
303
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ² 0.5 1 0.49 0.661 0.2 0.661² 0.831
1 1
LT 0.749 1
LT LT ² LT ² 0.831 0.831² 0.661²
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; …(3)
- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters, such as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; …(6)
0
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0
637kNm
0 C1 1.77
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
304
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
I z h t f
2
Iw
4
h cross section height; h 260mm
² E Iz I w L² G It 2 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
M cr C1 1.77
L² Iz ² E Iz 2810mm 2
93627638290mm 6 2810mm 80800N / mm 2 149294.97mm 4
2
1.77 1581706.51N 152.20mm
6025866.46mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
426102243.6 Nmm 426.10kNm
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275N / mm 2
LT 0.569
M cr 426102243.6 Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT 1 (6.56)
LT LT ² LT ²
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ²
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 260mm
1.733 2
b 150mm
305
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
LT 0.49
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ² 0.5 1 0.49 0.569 0.2 0.569² 0.752
1 1
LT 0.804 1
LT LT ² LT ² 0.752 0.752² 0.569²
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will
be calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
a) for the top part of the column:
y `1
k yy Cmy CmLT
N C yy
1 Ed
N cr , y
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
² E Iy
N cr , y 3802327.95N 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
306
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed
1 1
328000N
N cr , y 3802327.95N
y 0.985
N Ed 328000N
1 y 1 0.839
N cr , y 3802327.95N
W pl , y f y
0
M cr 0
According to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
Wy 501177.18mm 3
² E Iz I w L² G It 2 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
M cr C1 1
L² Iz ² E Iz 2810mm 2
93517065421.88mm 6 2810mm 80800N / mm 2 149294.97mm 4
2
1 1581706.51N 152.20mm
6025866.46mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
240735730.8 Nmm 240.73kNm
307
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275N / mm 2
0 0.757
M cr 240735730.8 Nmm
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
1 2 E I w
N cr ,T G It
I0 Lcr ,T ²
Lcr ,T 2.81m
N Ed 328000N
² E Iz
N cr , z 1581706.51N 31581.71kN (previously calculated)
l fz ²
C1=1 for the top part of the column
For the top part of the column:
N N 328000N 328000N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed 0.20 1 4 1 1
N cr , z N cr , TF 1581706.51N 2806625.68 N
0.183
308
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
y aLT
0 0.757 Cmy Cmy ,0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y aLT
N N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed 0.183
Cmz Cmz , 0
N cr , z N cr ,TF aLT
CmLT Cmy 2
1
N
0 0.757 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed 0.183 1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,TF
N N
cr , z cr ,T
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y a LT
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y a LT
M y , Ed Aeff
y
N Ed Weff , y
It 149294.97mm 4
aLT 1 1 0.997 1
Iy 57943291.64mm 4
309
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Where:
² E Iy
N cr , y 3802327.95N 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
N Ed 328000N
328000N
Cmy ,0 0.79 0.36 0.33 0.780
3802327.95N
y aLT 1.677 1
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0 0.780 1 0.780 0.904
1 y aLT 1 1.677 1
Equivalent uniform moment factor, C mLT , calculation
- C mLT must be calculated separately for each column part, separated by the lateral buckling restraint
aLT
CmLT Cmy
2
1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N
cr , z cr ,T
- the C my term used for C mLT calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column
part)
y a LT
C my C my , 0 1 C my , 0
1 y a LT
Cmy ,0 0.79 0.21 0.36 0.33 0.79 0.21 0.5 0.36 0.5 0.33
N Ed 238000N
0.900
Ncr , y 3802327.95N
M y ,Ed Aeff 50 106 Nmm 4904.06mm 2
y 1.677 (previously calculated)
N Ed Weff , y 328000N 445717.63mm 3
y aLT 1.677 1
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0 0.900 1 0.900 0.956
1 y aLT 1 1.677 1
aLT
CmLT Cmy
2
N N
1
N 1 N
Ed Ed
cr , z cr ,T
0. 997
0.9562 1.089 CmLT 1.089
328000N 328000N
1 1
1581706.51N 2806625.68N
CmLT 1
310
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1.6
1.6 2 W
C yy 1 ( wy 1) 2 Cmy max
2
Cmy max n pl bLT el , y
2
wy wy W pl , y
2 M y , Ed M z , Ed
bLT 0.5 aLT 0
LT M pl , y , Rd M pl , z , Rd
- bLT must be calculated separately for each of the two column parts, depending on 0 and LT :
0 C1 LT 1.31 0.661 0.757 (for the top part of the column)
2 M y , Ed M z , Ed 2 M y , Ed M z , Ed
bLT 0.5 aLT 0 0.5 aLT 0
LT M pl , y , Rd M pl , z , Rd LT W pl , y f y W pl , z f y
50000000Nmm 10000000Nmm
0.5 0.997 0.7572
0.749 501177.18mm 275N / mm 123381.96mm 3 275N / mm 2
3 2
0.041
W pl , y 501177.18mm 3
wy 1.124 1.5
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
N Ed 328000N
n pl 0.243
N Rk 4904.06mm 2 275N / mm 2
M1 1
311
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1.6 1.6
C yy 1 (1.124 1) 2 0.904² 0.923 0.904² 0.923² 0.243 0.041 0.993
1.124 1.124
C yy 0.993
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
3
0. 889 C yy 0.993
W pl , y 501177.18mm
Wel , y
C yy
W pl , y
² E Iy
N cr , y 3802327.95N 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
Therefore, the k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
y `1 0.985 1
k yy Cmy CmLT 0.904 1.089 1.069
N Ed C yy 328000N 0.993
1 1
N cr , y 3802327.95N
b) for the bottom part of the column:
y `1
k yy Cmy CmLT
N Ed C yy
1
N cr , y
aLT
CmLT Cmy
2
1
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,T
- the Cmy term must be calculated corresponding to the bottom part of the column (with 0) :
312
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y aLT 0.839 1
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy ,0 0.780 1 0.780 0.885
1 y aLT 1 0.839 1
aLT
CmLT Cmy
2
N N
1
N 1 N
Ed Ed
cr , z cr ,T
0. 997
0.8852 0.933 CmLT 1
328000N 328000N
1 1
1581706.51N 2806625.68N
CmLT 1
1.6
1.6 2 W
C yy 1 ( wy 1) 2 Cmy
2
max Cmy
2
max n pl bLT el , y
wy wy W pl , y
2 M y , Ed M z , Ed
bLT 0.5 aLT 0
LT M pl , y , Rd M pl , z , Rd
-the bLT must be calculated separately for each of the two column parts, depending of 0 and LT :
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275N / mm 2
0 0.757 (for the bottom part of the column)
M cr 240735730.8 Nmm
1 1
LT 0.804 1 (for the bottom part of the column)
LT LT ² LT ² 0.752 0.752² 0.569²
2 M y , Ed M z , Ed 2 M y , Ed M z , Ed
bLT 0.5 aLT 0 0.5 aLT 0
LT M pl , y , Rd M pl , z , Rd LT W pl , y f y W pl , z f y
25000000Nmm 5000000Nmm
0.5 0.997 0.7572
0.804 501177.18mm 275N / mm 123381.96mm 3 275N / mm 2
3 2
0.0095
W pl , y 501177.18mm 3
wy 1.124 1.5
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
N Ed 328000N
n pl 0.243
N Rk 4904.06mm 2 275N / mm 2
M1 1
313
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1.6 1.6
C yy 1 (1.124 1) 2 0.904² 0.923 0.904² 0.923² 0.243 0.0095 0.997
1.124 1.124
C yy 0.997
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
3
0. 889 C yy 0.997
W pl , y 501177.18mm
Wel , y
C yy
W pl , y
² E Iy
N cr , y 3802327.95N 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
Therefore the k yy term corresponding to the bottom part of the column will be:
y `1 0.985 1
k yy Cmy CmLT 0.904 1 0.977
N C yy 328000N 0.997
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 3802327.95N
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
y 1 wz
k yz Cmz 0.6
N Ed C yz wy
1
N cr , z
-the Cmz ter will be considered for the entire column length (with 0) :
² E Iz
Ncr , z 1581706.51N (previously calculated)
l fz ²
2
Cmz max
2
C yz 1 ( wz 1) 2 14 5 n pl cLT
wz
314
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
2
0 M y , Ed
cLT 10 aLT
4 Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd
5 z
It 149294.97mm 4
aLT 1 1 0.997 (previously calculated)
Iy 57943291.64mm 4
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm3 275N / mm 2
0 0.757 (previously calculated)
M cr 240735730.8 Nmm
A fy 4904.06mm 2 275N / mm 2
z 0.923 (previously calculated)
Ncr , z 1581706.51N
M y , Ed 50000Nm
W pl , z 123381.96mm 3
wz 1.536 1.5
w z 1.5
3
Wel , z 80344.89mm
w z 1.5
W pl , y 501177.18mm 3
wy 1.124 1.5
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
- the Cmy term will be considered separately for each column part:
y aLT 1.677 1
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0 0.900 1 0.900 0.956 (previously calculated)
1 y aLT 1 1.677 1
1 1
LT 0.749 1 (previously calculated)
LT LT ² LT ² 0.831 0.831² 0.661²
² E Iz
Ncr , z 1581706.51N (previously calculated
l fz ²
315
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed
n pl 0.243 (previously calculated)
N Rk
M1
- Therefore:
2
Cmz max
2
C yz 1 ( wz 1) 2 14 5 n pl cLT
wz
0.7652 0.9232
1 1.5 1 2 14
0.243 0.506 0.878
1.55
y 1 wz 0.985 1 1.5
k yz Cmz 0.6 0.765 0.6 0.750
N C yz wy 328000N 0.878 1.124
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 1581706.51N
b) for the bottom part of the column:
y aLT 0.839 1
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0 0.780 1 0.780 0.885 (previously calculated)
1 y aLT 1 0.839 1
1 1
LT 0.804 1 (previously calculated)
LT LT ² LT ² 0.752 0.752² 0.569²
² E Iz
Ncr , z 1581706.51N (previously calculated
l fz ²
N Ed
n pl 0.243 (previously calculated)
N Rk
M1
316
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
-Therefore:
2
C 2
max
C yz 1 ( wz 1) 2 14 mz
5 n pl cLT
wz
0.7652 0.9232
1 1.5 1 2 14 5
0.243 0.254 1.0043
1.5
y 1 wz 0.985 1 1.5
k yz Cmz 0.6 0.765 0.6 0.656
N C yz wy 328000N 1.0043 1.124
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 1581706.51N
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
z 1 wz
k zy Cmy CmLT 0.6
N Ed C zy wy
1
N cr , y
N Ed
1 1
328000N
N cr , z 1581706.51N
z 0.902
N Ed 328000N
1 z 1 0.586
N cr , z 1581706.51N
-in order to calculate the d LT term, the terms Cmy and Cmz must be recalculated for each column part;
-the term Cmz must be recalculated for the top column part only, using 0.5 :
317
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0 M y ,Ed M z ,Ed
d LT 2 aLT
Cmy LT M pl , y ,Rd
4 Cmz M pl , z ,Rd
0.1 z
0.757 50000000Nmm 10000000Nmm
2 0.997
0.1 0.923 0.956 0.749 137823724.5 Nmm 0.908 33930039Nmm
4
0.301
2
Cmy max
2
C zy 1 ( wy 1) 2 14 5 n pl d LT
wy
0.904 1.847
2 2
1 (1.124 1) 2 14
0. 243 0. 301 0. 859
C zy 0.859
5
1.124
wy Wel , y 1.5 445717.63mm 3
0.6 0.6 0.616
wz W pl , y 1.124 501177.18mm 3
wy Wel , y
C zy 0.6
wz W pl , y
- for the calculation of the Czy term, Cmy will be used for the entire column and d LT will be used for the top column part:
z 1 wy 0.902 1 1.124
k zy Cmy CmLT 0.6 0.904 1.089 0.6 0.588
N Ed C zy wz 328000N 0.859 1.5
1 1
N cr , y 3802327.95N
b) for the bottom part of the column:
z 1 wz
k zy Cmy CmLT 0.6
N C zy wy
1 Ed
N cr , y
N Ed
1 1
328000N
N cr , z 1581706 .51N
z 0.902
N Ed 328000N
1 z 1 0.586
N cr , z 1581706.51N
- in order to calculate the d LT term, the terms Cmy and Cmz must be recalculated for each column part;
- the term Cmz must be recalculated for the top column part only, using 0 :
318
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.090
2
max
2
Cmy
C zy 1 ( wy 1) 2 14 5 n pl d LT
wy
0.885 0.923
2 2
1 (1.124 1) 2 14
0 .243 0. 090 0.892
1.1245 C zy 0.892
wy Wel , y 1.124 445717.63mm 3
0.6 0.6 0.462
wz W pl , y 1.5 501177.18mm 3
wy Wel , y
C zy 0.6
wz W pl , y
- for the calculation of the Czy term, Cmy will be used for the entire column and d LT will be used for the top column part:
z 1 wy 0.902 1 1.124
k zy Cmy CmLT 0.6 0.904 1.089 0.6 0.566
N Ed C zy wz 328000N 0.892 1.5
1 1
N cr , y 3802327.95N
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
z 1
k zz Cmz
N C zz
1 Ed
N cr , z
1.6 1.6 W
C zz 1 ( wz 1) 2 Cmz
2
max Cmz
2
max n pl eLT el , z
wz wz W pl , z
M pl , y , Rd Wy f y 501177.18mm3 275N / mm 2 137823724.5 Nmm
- in calculating the eLT , the Cmy term must be used accordingly with the corresponding column part:
319
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0 M y ,Ed
eLT 1.7 a LT
4 Cmy lt M pl , y ,Rd
0.1 z
0.757 50000000Nmm
1.7 0.997 0.787
0.1 0.923 0.956 0.749 501177.18mm 3 275N / mm 2
4
- for the calculation of the Czz term, C mz will be used for the entire column and eLT will be used for the top column part:
1.6 1.6 2
C zz 1 ( wz 1) 2 Cmz
2
max Cmz
2
max eLT n pl
wz wz
1.6 1.6 2
1 (1.5 1) 2 0.765 1.847
2
0.765 1.847 0.787 0.243 1.013
2
1.5 1 .5
C zz 1.013
Wel , z
80344.89mm 3
0.651
W pl , z 123381.96mm 3
Wel , z
C zz
W pl , z
z 1 0.902 1
k zz Cmz 0.765 0.860
N Ed Czz 328000N 1.013
1 1
N cr , z 1581706.51N
b) for the bottom part of the column:
z 1
k zz Cmz
N Ed C zz
1
N cr , z
1.6 1.6 W
C zz 1 ( wz 1) 2 Cmz
2
max Cmz
2
max n pl eLT el , z
wz wz W pl , z
M pl , y , Rd Wy f y 501177.18mm3 275N / mm 2 137823724.5 Nmm
- in calculating the eLT , the Cmy term must be used according to the corresponding column part
0 M y , Ed
eLT 1.7 aLT
4 Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd
0.1 z
0.757 25000000Nmm
1.7 0.997 0.396
0.1 0.923 0.885 0.804 501177.18mm 3 275N / mm 2
4
- for the calculation of the C zz term, C mz will be used for the entire column and eLT will be used for the top column part:
320
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1.6 1.6 2
C zz 1 ( wz 1) 2 Cmz
2
max Cmz
2
max eLT n pl
wz wz
1.6 1.6 2
1 (1.5 1) 2 0.765 0.923
2
0.765 0.923 0.396 0.243 1.060
2
1 .5 1.5
C zz 1.060
Wel , z
80344.89mm 3
0.651
W pl , z 123381.96mm 3
Wel , z
C zz
W pl , z
z 1 0.902 1
k zz Cmz 0.765 0.821
N Ed C zz 328000N 1.060
1 1
N cr , z 1581706.51N
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k yy k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k zy k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk f y Ai
321
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
322
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y
z
323
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
324
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
Internal factor, k zz
k zz
325
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
326
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
327
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
328
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
329
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
LT
12.48.2.10Reference results
a) for the top part of the column:
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression 0.29
effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending 0.52
moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending 0.21
moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression 0.41
effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending 0.27
moment over the Z axis
330
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending 0.25
moment over the Z axis
C1 Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support 1.77
conditions; moment diagram allure
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 315.36
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.29
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.22
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.97
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.42
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.13
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.12
bending moment over the Z axis
C1 Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; 1.77
support conditions; moment diagram allure
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 426.10
Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
12.48.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.839285 adim 0.0340 %
slenderness by Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.585533 adim -0.0797 %
slenderness by the Z axis
Kyy Internal coefficient kyy 1.07027 adim 0.1188 %
Kyy Internal coefficient kyy (bottom) 0.954475 adim -2.3055 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 0.750217 adim 0.0289 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz (bottom) 0.656481 adim 0.0733 %
Kzy Internal coefficient kzy 0.593445 adim 0.9260 %
331
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
332
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.49 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular hollow section column subjected
to bending and axial efforts (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 15)
12.49.1Description
Verifies a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel subjected to bending and axial efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.49.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist bending and axial efforts.
The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and it can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is
fixed at its base and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load over its height and a punctual axial load applied on
the top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
333
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 300 mm,
■ Width: b = 200 mm,
■ Thickness: t = 10 mm,
■ Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
■ Column height: L = 5000 mm,
2
■ Section area:A = 9490 mm ,
3
■ Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: W pl,y = 956000 mm ,
■ Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 1. 0 .
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (z = 5.00).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Point load at z = 5.0: Fz = - 500 000 N,
► Uniformly distributed load: q = Fx = 5 000 N/ml
■ Internal: None.
12.49.2.2 Reference results for calculating the column subjected to bending and axial force
In order to verify the steel column subjected to bending and axial force, the design resistance for uniform
compression (Nc,Rd) and also the design plastic moment resistance (Mpl,Rd) have to be compared with the design
values of the corresponding efforts.
The design resistance for uniform compression is verified considering the relationship (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN
1993-1-1), while the design plastic moment resistance is verified considering the criterion (6.12) from chapter 6.2.5
(EN 1993-1-1).
Before starting the above verifications, the cross-section class has to be determined.
334
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract – part subject to compression).
335
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
c
15 33 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract – part subject to bending
and compression). It is also necessary to determine which portion of the web is compressed (). is determined
considering the stresses distribution on the web.
132MPa
0.832 0.5
1 26.63MPa
c h 2 r 2 t 300mm 2 15mm 2 10mm
25
t t 10mm
235
1. 0
fy
Therefore:
c 396
25 40.34
t 13 1
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
A f 9490mm 2 235MPa
N c ,Rd 2230150N
y
M0 1.0
The verification of the design resistance for uniform compression is done with relationship (6.9) from EN 1993-1-1.
The corresponding work ratio is:
N Ed F 500000N
Work ratio = 100 z 100 100 22.42%
N c , Rd N c , Rd 2230150N
W pl , y f 956000mm 3 235MPa
M c ,Rd M pl ,Rd 224660000Nmm
y
M0 1.0
The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
L 5000mm
q L 5 N / mm 5000mm
M Ed 2 100 2
Work ratio = 100 100 27.82%
M c , Rd M c , Rd 224660000Nmm
336
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ 6 nodes,
■ 1 linear element.
Work ratio – Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 27.82 %
337
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.49.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio 22.42 % 0.0000 %
Work ratio - Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 27.8198 % -0.0007 %
Oblique
338
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.50 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-
shaped welded built-up beam considering the load applied on the upper flange (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 44)
12.50.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam made of S235 steel,
considering the load applied on the upper flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load
and 2 punctual bending moments, acting opposite to each other, applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.50.2Background
Determines the elastic critical moment (Mcr) and factors (C1, C2, LT) involved in the torsional buckling verification for
a simply supported steel beam. The beam is made of S235 steel and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load (50
000 N/ml) applied over its length and concentrated bending moments applied at its extremities (loads are applied to
the upper fibre). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
339
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 260 mm,
■ Flange width: b = 150 mm,
■ Flange thickness: tf = 10.7 mm,
■ Web thickness: tw = 7.1 mm,
■ Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
■ Section area: A = 5188 mm ,
4
■ Flexion inertia moment about the z axis: Iz = 6025866.46 mm ,
4
■ Torsional moment of inertia: It = 149294.97 mm ,
6
■ Warping constant: Iw = 93517065421.88 mm ,
3
■ Plastic modulus about the y axis: W y = 501177.18 mm
■ Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 1. 0 .
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa;
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Uniformly distributed load over its length: q = Fz = -50 000 N/ml
6
► Bending moment at x=0: My,1 = 142 x 10 Nmm
6
► Bending moment at x=5: My,2 = - 113.6 x 10 Nmm,
■ Internal: None.
12.50.2.2 Reference results for calculating the elastic critical moment of the cross section
In order to determine the elastic critical moment of the cross section (Mcr), factors C1 and C2 have to be calculated.
They are determined considering the method provided at chapter 3.5 from French Annex of EN 1993-1-1. C1 and C2
coefficients are depending on the bending moment diagram along the member segment between lateral restraints.
The simply supported beam has the following bending moment diagram (the values are in “Newton x meter”):
340
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
For a beam subjected to uniformly distributed load and concentrated bending moments applied at its extremities, the
moments distribution is defined considering two parameters:
■ Ratio between the moments at extremities:
113600Nm
0.8
142000Nm
■ Ratio between the moment given by uniformly distributed load and the biggest bending moment from
extremity:
q L2 50N / mm 5000mm
2
1.1
8 M 8 142 106 Nmm
Its value is positive as both loadings are deforming the beam about the same fibre (chapter 3.4 from French
Annex of EN 1993-1-1).
In order to determine C1 and C2 parameters, factors , , a, b, c, A, B, d1, e1, r1, , m, C10, d2, e2, r2 need to be
calculated considering the analytical relationships provided in chapter 3.5 from French Annex of EN 1993-1-1:
B B2 4 A
■ C10 r1 0.5363
2 A
■ d 2 0.425 0.675 2.065
■ e2 0.65 0.35 0.37
■ As d2 > e2, the factor r2 is equal to 1.0
Having the above factors, C1 and C2 coefficients become:
■ C1 m C10 1.074
■ C 2 0.398 r2 C10 0.235
The load being applied at the top fibre it tends to accentuate the lateral torsional buckling, so it will reduce the value
of elastic critical moment. In this case, the distance from the shear centre to the point of load application (z g) will be
positive:
■ z g 130mm
341
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The French Annex of EN 1993-1-1 provides the analytical relationship used to determine the value of the elastic
critical moment:
2 E I z I w L2 G I t
M cr C1 2 C 2 z g C 2 z g 91.71772 106 Nmm
2
■
L2 I z E I z
12.50.2.3 Reference results for calculating the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling
The calculation of the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling (LT) is done using the formula (6.56) from chapter
6.3.2.2 (EN 1993-1-1).
Before determining the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling (LT), the following terms should be determined:
LT , imperfection factor LT, LT.
■ Non dimensional slenderness for lateral torsional buckling, LT :
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm 3 235N / mm 2
LT 1.133
M cr 91.71772 106 Nmm
■ In order to determine the imperfection factor LT, the buckling curve must be chosen. According to table 6.4
from EN 1993-1-1, for welded I-sections which have the ratio h / b 2, the recommended lateral torsional
buckling curve is “c”. In this case, table 6.3 from EN 1993-1-1 recommends the value for imperfection factor
LT:
LT 0.49
■ The value used to determine the reduction factor LT, LT, becomes:
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT 2 0.5 1 0.49 1.133 0.2 1.1332 1.370
■ The reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling is calculated using the formula (6.56) from EN 1993-1-1:
1 1
LT 0.467 1.0
LT LT LT 2 2
1.37 1.37 2 1.1332
C1 parameter
342
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
C2 parameter
12.50.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
C1 C1 parameter 1.07375 adim -0.0233 %
C2 C2 parameter 0.234812 adim -0.0800 %
Mcr Elastic critical moment 91.72 kN*m 0.0000 %
XLT Reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling 0.466895 adim -0.0225 %
343
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.51 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the bending resistance of a rectangular hollow
section column made of S235 steel (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 14)
12.51.1Description
Verifies the design resistance for bending of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French annex.
12.51.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist bending efforts.
Verification of the design resistance for bending at ultimate limit state is realised. The name of the cross-section is
RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is fixed at its base and it is
subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height (50 000 N). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
344
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 300 mm,
■ Width: b = 200 mm,
■ Thickness: t = 10 mm,
■ Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
■ Column height: L = 5000 mm,
3
■ Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: W pl,y = 956000 mm ,
■ Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 1. 0 .
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (z = 5.00).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Point load at z = 2.5: V= Fx = 50 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
12.51.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending
Before calculating the design resistance for bending, the cross section class has to be determined.
345
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
346
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract – part subject to compression).
c
15 33 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract – part subject to
bending):
c
25 72 72
t
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
W pl , y f 956000mm 3 235MPa
M c , Rd 224660000Nmm
y
M0 1.0
Work ratio
The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
L 5000mm
V 50000N
M Ed 2 100 2
Work ratio = 100 100 55.64%
M c , Rd M c , Rd 224660000Nmm
347
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.51.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 55.6396 % -0.0007 %
Oblique
348
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.52 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Comparing the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam
made from different steel materials (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 45)
12.52.1Description
The shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made of S275 steel is compared with the shear resistance of the
same built-up beam made of a user-defined steel material.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.52.2Background
Verifies the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined steel. The
beam is simply supported and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load (20 000 N/ml) applied over its length. The
dead load will be neglected.
Also verifies the shear resistance of the same welded built-up beam made of S275 steel. The loading and support
conditions are the same.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 300 mm,
■ Flange width: b = 150 mm,
349
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
500 MPa yield strength user-defined material and S275 steel are used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 500 MPa,
■ Yield strength (for S275 steel) fy = 275 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis.
► Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -20 000 N/ml
■ Internal: None.
12.52.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
In order to verify the steel beam subjected to shear, the criterion (6.18) from chapter 6.2.6 (EN 1993-1-1) has to be
used:
VEd
1.0
V pl , Rd
■ VEd represents the design value of the shear force:
q L 20000N / ml 5000mm
VEd 50000N
2 2
■ Vpl,Rd represents the design plastic shear resistance. The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001. Before using it, the shear area (A v) has to be
determined.
Shear area of the cross section made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material
According to chapter 5.1 from EN 1993-1-5, because the steel grade used for beam is higher than S460, the factor
for shear area () may be conservatively taken equal 1.0.
For a welded I sections, the shear area is determined according to chapter 6.2.6 (3) from EN 1993-1-1. As the load is
parallel to web, the shear area is:
350
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material
EN 1993-1-1 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section:
f 500MPa
Av 1978.06mm 2
y
V pl , Rd 3 3 571016.7 N
M0 1.0
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section is done with criterion (6.18) from EN 1993-
1-1:
VEd 50000N
0.0876 1.0
V pl , Rd 571016.7 N
The corresponding work ratio is:
VEd 50000N
Work ratio = 100 100 8.76%
V pl , Rd 571016.7 N
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section made of S275 steel
EN 1993-1-1 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section:
f 275MPa
Av 2373.67mm 2
y
V pl , Rd 3 3 376870.7 N
M0 1.0
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section is done with criterion (6.18) from EN 1993-
1-1:
VEd 50000N
0.133 1.0
V pl , Rd 376870.7 N
The corresponding work ratio is:
VEd 50000N
Work ratio = 100 100 13.27%
V pl , Rd 376870.7 N
Work ratio of the design shear resistance (beam made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material)
351
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Work ratio of the design shear resistance (beam made of S275 steel)
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 500 MPa) 8.76 %
12.52.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 275 MPa) 13.2671 % -0.0219 %
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 500 MPa) 8.75631 % -0.0421 %
352
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.53 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-2 - France: Verifying the bending resistance of a purlin for a 15min
duration
12.53.1Description
Verifies bending resistance of a purlin for 15min duration according to Eurocode 3 - part 2 - French standards (EN
1993-1-2).
12.53.2Background
Simple Bending Design for in fire condition
Verifies the adequacy of an IPE220 purlin made from S235 to resist simple bending for a 15min duration.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Beam length: L=10000mm
■ Cross section area: A 3337mm2
■ Overall breadth: b 110mm
■ Flange thickness: t f 9.20mm
353
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Plane workplane
► Support at start point (x = 0) : hinged support
► Support at the end point (x = 10) : hinged support
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
■ SLS Frequent combination of actions:
N ser , fr G 0.2Q 135 150 1.095 kN / ml
12.53.2.3 k y , coefficient
354
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
k y , 0.2276
M0
M fi , , Rd k y , M Rd
M , fi
M 0 w pl f y
M fi , , Rd k y ,
M , fi M0
1 285.4 106 235
M fi , , Rd 0.2276
1 1
M fi , , Rd 15.26kN .m
ql ² 1.095 10²
M y , fi,Ed 13.69kN.m
8 8
12.53.2.6 Work ratio
M y , fi , Ed 13.69
89.71%
M fi , , Rd 15.26
355
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.53.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
356
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.54 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column fixed
on base and without any other restraint (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 28)
12.54.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an “I symmetric” shape with: 260mm height; 150mm width; 7.1mm center thickness; 10.7mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius. The column is made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 328 kN compression axial force, 10 kNm bending moment over the X axis and 50 kNm
bending moment over the Y axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
12.54.2Background
An I260*7.1+150*10.7 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 260x7.1mm web and 150x10.7mm flanges. The column is fixed at its base. The column is subjected to an axial
compression load -328000 N, a 10000Nm bending moment after the X axis and a 50000Nm bending moment after
the Y axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L=5620mm
357
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained inrotation
along Z axis,
358
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =-328000N; Mx=10000Nm and My=50000Nm
inf 45.30Mpa
0.253 1
sup 179.06Mpa
359
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
238.6 45.3
x 48.175
x y x y 238.6 224.36
45.30 179.06 45.30 179.06 224.36 238.6 179.06
y 190.73
224.36
x 190.73
0.80 0.5
238.6 238.6
360
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
235 235
0.924
fy 275
c 260mm 2 10.7mm
33.61 c 396 396 0.924
t 7.1mm 33.6 38.93 therefore the beam
t 13 1 13 0.8 1
0.924
web is considered to be Class 1
-for beam flange:
150 7.1
c
6.68 6.68 9 0.924 8.316
c 2
t 10.7 t
0.924
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1.
361
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
y 2
1 (6.49)
y y y
2
y 0.5 1 ( y 0.2) y ² 0.5 1 0.34 0.5956 0.2 0.59562 0.7446
1 1
y 0.839
y y y
2 2
0.7446 0.7446 0.5956
2 2
y 0.839
y 1
362
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
z 1 (6.49)
z z z
2 2
363
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iz ² 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
N cr , z 395426.63N 395.43kN
l fz ² 5620mm ²
A f y 4904.06mm 2 275N / mm 2
z 1.847
N cr , z 395426.63N
z 0.5 1 ( z 0.2) z ² 0.5 1 0.49 1.847 0.2 1.8472 2.609
1 1
z 0.225
z z z 2.609 2.609 1.847 z 0.225
2 2 2 2
z 1
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; …(3)
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; …(6)
M y ,botom 0
0 C1 1.77
M y ,top 50
364
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
I z h t f
2
Iw
4
h cross section height; h 260mm
² E Iz I w L² G I t 2 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
M cr C1 1.77
L² Iz ² E Iz 5620mm 2
93627638290mm 6 5620mm 80800N / mm 2 149294.97mm 4
2
1.77 395426.63N 214.58mm
6025866.46mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
150184702.1Nmm 15018kNm
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm 3 275N / mm 2
LT 0.958
M cr 150184702.1Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1
LT 1 (6.56)
LT LT ² LT ²
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ²
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
h 260mm
1.733 2
b 150mm
365
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.49
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ² 0.5 1 0.49 0.958 0.2 0.958² 1.145
1 1
LT 0.564 1
LT LT ² LT ² 1.145 1.145² 0.958²
The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
y `1
k yy Cmy CmLT
N C yy
1 Ed
N cr , y
N Ed
1
N cr , y
y
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
366
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iy
N cr , y 3802327.95N 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
N Ed
1 1
328000N
N cr , y 3802327 .95N
y 0.985
N Ed 328000N
1 y 1 0.839
N cr , y 3802327.95N
W pl , y f y
0
M cr 0
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
Wy 501177.18mm 3
367
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iz I w L² G I t 2 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
M cr C1 1
L² Iz ² E Iz 5620mm 2
93517065421.88mm 6 5620mm 80800N / mm 2 149294.97mm 4
2
1 395426.63N 214.58mm
6025866.46mm 4 2 210000N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
84850646.27 Nmm 84.85kNm
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm 3 275N / mm 2
0 1.274
M cr 84850646.27 Nmm
N N
Calculation of the 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed term:
N cr , z N cr ,TF
Where:
1 2 E I w
N cr ,T G It
I0 Lcr ,T ²
Lcr ,T 5.62m
N Ed 328000N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed 0.20 1 4 1 328000N 1 328000N
N 395426.63N 1395246.607N
N cr , z cr ,TF
0.120
368
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
y aLT
0 1.274 Cmy Cmy ,0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y aLT
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed 0.120 Cmz Cmz , 0
N
N cr , z cr ,TF aLT
CmLT Cmy 2
1
N
0 1.274 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 N Ed 0.120 N
1 Ed 1 Ed N
N N N
N cr , z cr , z cr ,T
cr ,TF
The Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
y a LT
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0
1 y a LT
M y , Ed Aeff
y
N Ed Weff , y
Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y Weff , y 445717.63mm 3
It 149294.97mm 4
aLT 1 1 0.997 1
Iy 57943291.64mm 4
369
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iy
N cr , y 3802327.95N 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
N Ed 328000N
328000N
Cmy ,0 0.79 0.36 0.33 0.780
3802327.95N
y aLT 1.677 1
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0 0.780 1 0.780 0.904
1 y aLT 1 1.677 1
Equivalent uniform moment factor, C mLT , calculation
aLT
CmLT Cmy
2
N N
1
N 1 N
Ed Ed
cr , z cr ,T
0 .997
0.9042 2.256 CmLT 2.256
328000N 328000N
1 1
395426.63N 1395246.607N
CmLT 1
The C yy coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1, Auxiliary terms:
370
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1.6
1.6 2 W
C yy 1 ( wy 1) 2 Cmy
2
max Cmy
2
max n pl bLT el , y
wy wy W pl , y
2 M y ,Ed M z ,Ed 2 M y ,Ed M z ,Ed
bLT 0.5 a LT 0 0.5 aLT 0
LT M pl , y ,Rd M pl , z ,Rd LT W pl , y f y W pl , z f y
50000000Nmm 10000000Nmm
0.5 0.997 1.2742
0.564 501177.18mm 275N / mm 123381.96mm 3 275N / mm 2
3 2
0.1534
W pl , y 501177.18mm 3
wy 1.124 1.5
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
N Ed 328000N
n pl 0.243
N Rk 4904.06mm 2 275N / mm 2
M1 1
1.6 1.6
C yy 1 (1.124 1) 2 0.904² 1.847 0.904² 1.847² 0.243 0.1534 0.857
1.124 1.124
C yy 0.857
Wel , y 445717.63mm 3
3
0 . 889 C yy 0.889
W pl , y 501177.18mm
W
C yy el , y
W pl , y
² E Iy
N cr , y 3802327.95N 3802.33kN (previously calculated)
l fy ²
Therefore the k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
y `1 0.985 1
k yy Cmy CmLT 0.904 2.256 2.47
N C yy 328000N 0.889
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 3802327.95N
y 1 wz
k yz Cmz 0.6
N C yz wy
1 Ed
N cr , z
371
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed
1 1
328000N
N cr , y 3802327.95N
y 0.985
N Ed 328000N
1 y 1 0.839
N cr , y 3802327.95N
(previously calculated)
² E Iz
Ncr , z 395426.63N 395.43kN (previously calculated)
l fz ²
2
Cmz max
2
C yz 1 ( wz 1) 2 14 5 n pl cLT
wz
2
0 M y , Ed
cLT 10 aLT
4 Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd
5 z
It 149294.97mm 4
aLT 1 1 0.997 (previously calculated)
Iy 57943291.64mm 4
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm 3 275N / mm 2
0 1.274 (previously calculated)
M cr 84850646.27 Nmm
A f y 4904.06mm 2 275N / mm 2
z 1.847 (previously calculated)
N cr , z 395426.63N
M y , Ed 50000Nm
y aLT
Cmy Cmy , 0 1 Cmy , 0 0.904 (previously calculated)
1 y aLT
1 1
LT 0.564 1 (previously calculated)
LT LT ² LT ² 1.145 1.145² 0.958²
2
C 2
max
C yz 1 ( wz 1) 2 14 mz
5 n pl cLT
wz
Wpl , z 123381.96mm3
wz 1.536 1.5
wz 1.5
3
Wel , z 80344.89mm
wz 1.5
372
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
² E Iz
Ncr , z 395426.63N 395.43kN (previously calculated)
l fz ²
N Ed
n pl 0.243 (previously calculated)
N Rk
M1
2
Cmz max
2
C yz 1 ( wz 1) 2 14 5 n pl cLT
wz
0.6912 1.8472
1 (1.5 1) 2 14 5
0.243 0.691 0.532
1.5
y 1 wz 0.985 1 1.5
k yz Cmz 0.6 0.691 0.6 5.20
N C yz wy 328000 N 0.532 1.124
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 395426.63N
z 1 wz
k zy Cmy CmLT 0.6
N C zy wy
1 Ed
N cr , y
N Ed
1 1
328000N
N cr , z 395426.63N
z 0.210
N Ed 328000N
1 z 1 0.225
N cr , z 395426.63N
0.771
373
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
2
max
2
Cmy
Czy 1 ( wy 1) 2 14 5 n pl d LT
wy
0.9042 1.8472
1 (1.124 1) 2 14 0.243 0.771 0.310
1.1245
wy Wel , y 1.124 445717.63mm3
0.6 0.6 0.462
wz W pl , y 1.5 501177.18mm3
wy Wel , y
C zy 0.6
wz W pl , y
C zy 0.310 C zy 0.462
0.462
wy Wel , y
0. 6
wz W pl , y
CmLT 2.256 (previously calculated)
z 1 wy 0.210 1 1.124
k zy Cmy CmLT 0.6 0.904 2.256 0.6 0.529
N C zy wz 328000N 0.462 1.5
1 Ed 1
N cr , y 3802327.95N
z 1
k zz Cmz
N C zz
1 Ed
N cr , z
1.6 1.6 W
Czz 1 ( wz 1) 2 Cmz
2
max Cmz
2
max n pl eLT el , z
wz wz Wpl , z
0 M y , Ed
eLT 1.7 aLT
4 Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd
0.1 z
1.274 50000000Nmm
1.7 0.997 0.131
0.1 1.847 0.904 0.564 501177.18mm3 275N / mm 2
4
1.6 1.6 2
Czz 1 ( wz 1) 2 Cmz
2
max Cmz
2
max n pl eLT
wz wz
1.6 1.6
1 (1.5 1) 2 0.6912 1.847 0.6912 1.8472 0.243 0.131 0.926
1.5 1.5
z 1 0.210 1
k zz Cmz 0.691 0.919
N C zz 328000N 0.926
1 Ed 1
N cr , z 395426.63N
374
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k yy k yz z , Ed
N M M z , Rk
y Rk LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Ed M y , Ed M y , Rd M M z , Rd
k zy k zz z , Ed
N Rk M M z , Rk
z LT y ,Rk
M1 M1 M1
N Rk f y Ai
375
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y
z
376
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
377
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
Internal factor, k zz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top
k zz
378
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
379
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
380
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
381
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
382
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
LT
12.54.2.10Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.29
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 1.59
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.53
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 1.08
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.34
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.27
bending moment over the Z axis
C1 Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section 1.77
properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 150.18
383
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Work ratio Stability work ratio (bending and axial compression verification) [%] 341 %
12.54.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.839285 adim 0.0340 %
slenderness after Y-Y axis
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional 0.224656 adim -0.1529 %
slenderness after Z-Z axis
Kyy Internal factor kyy 2.47232 adim 0.0939 %
Kyz Internal factor kyz 5.20929 adim 0.1787 %
Kzy Internal factor kzy 0.525982 adim -0.5705 %
Kzz Internal factor kzz 0.942941 adim 2.6051 %
Work ratio Stability work ratio 341.352 % 0.0000 %
384
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.55 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section
beam subjected to biaxial bending (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 16)
12.55.1Description
Verifies a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel subjected to biaxial bending.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
12.55.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel to resist bi-axial bending efforts. The
name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and it can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The beam is
simply supported and it is subjected to uniformly distributed loads over its length. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 300 mm,
■ Width: b = 200 mm,
■ Thickness: t = 10 mm,
■ Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
■ Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
385
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
2
■ Section area: A = 9490 mm ,
3
■ Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: W pl,y = 956000 mm ,
3
■ Plastic section modulus about z-z axis: W pl,z = 721000 mm ,
■ Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: M 0 1. 0 .
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis, and restrained in rotation
about the X axis.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Uniformly distributed load: q1 = Fz = -10 000 N/ml
► Uniformly distributed load: q2 = Fy = 10 000 N/ml
■ Internal: None.
12.55.2.2 Reference results for calculating the beam subjected to bi-axial bending
In order to verify the steel beam subjected to bi-axial bending, the criterion (6.41) from chapter 6.2.9.1 (EN 1993-1-1)
has to be used.
Before verifying this criterion, the cross-section class has to be determined.
386
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
387
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Taking into account that the entire cross-section is subjected to bending stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract – part subject to bending).
c
25 72 72
t
This means that the left/right web is Class 1. As the dimensions for top/bottom wing are smaller than the left/right
web, they will be also classified as Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
W pl , y f y 956000mm 3 235MPa
M N , y ,Rd M pl , y , Rd 22466104 Nmm
M0 1.0
■ Determination of design plastic moment resistance (about z-z axis) reduced due to the axial force, MN,z,Rd:
M pl , z , Rd 1 n
M N , z , Rd M pl , z , Rd
1 0.5 a f
388
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
W pl , z f y 721000mm 3 235MPa
M N , z ,Rd M pl , z , Rd 16943.5 104 Nmm
M0 1.0
q1 L2 10N / mm 50002 mm 2
M y , Ed 3125 104 Nmm
8 8
q 2 L2 10 N / mm 50002 mm 2
M z , Ed 3125104 Nmm
8 8
■ Verifying criterion (6.41) from EN 1993-1-1:
1.66 1.66
3125 104 Nmm 3125 104 Nmm
0.0378 0.0604 0.098 1.0
22466 10 Nmm 16943.5 10 Nmm
4 4
0.098
100 9.8%
Work ratio = 1.0
0.139
100 13.9%
Work ratio = 1.0
M z , Ed 3125104 Nmm
0.1844 1.0
M pl , z , Rd 16943.5 104 Nmm
0.1844
100 18.44%
Work ratio = 1.0
As this work ratio is bigger than the others, we can consider it as reference.
389
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ 1 linear element.
12.55.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Work ratio of the design resistance for biaxial 18.4437 % 0.2375 %
Oblique bending
390
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.56 NTC 2008 - Italy: Stability check for steel column hinged base
12.56.1Description
Verification of a steel column with a point load applied on the top and a linear load applied along the linear element,
the column is made of S235 material and is hinged on the bottom extremity and restrained in translation on x, y axis
and restrained in rotation on z axis.
12.56.2Background
Units
Metric
Geometry
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
■ Area: A = 31.40 cm²
■ Inertia: I = 1033.00 cm4
391
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
■ E = 210000 MPa
■ S235
Boundary conditions
■ Hinged at end x = 0,
■ Restrained in translation X,Y at the top (x = 5.00 m) and restrained in rotation along Z.
Loading
Point load on the top of the column, linear load on the left of the column and self-weight.
392
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The result for My is considered in the middle point of the column, so the work ratio will be 0.551 + 0.350 = 0.90 = 90%
SMy Work ratio of the bending moment for the stability check calculated 0.350
in the middle
Work ratio Stability work ratio 0.900
393
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.56.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
SNz Effect of the normal force 0.549572 adim -0.2592 %
SMzy Effect of My 0.348335 adim 0.0000 %
Work ratio Work ratio 91.1238 % -1.5091 %
394
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.57.1Description
Compares the buckling resistance of a compresed column with the value from a CTICM example.
12.57.2Background
Compares the buckling resistance of a compressed column with the value from a CTICM example.
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L=6m
395
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Hinged support at start point (x = 0m) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at the end point (z = 6m) restrained in translation along X and Y axis and restrained rotation
around Z axis.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load on column top : FZ =-176kN
396
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
235
1
fy
Compressed flange:
(b t w 2r ) / 2
4.1 9 9
tf
Flange is Class 1.
Web:
(h 2t f 2r ) / 2
28.4 33 33
tw
Web is Class 1.
Section class is Class 1. Plastic characteristics are to be used.
12.57.2.4 Slenderness
Strong axis:
iy 8.26cm
y 72.6
y
y 0.773
93.9
Weak axis:
iz 2.24cm
z 156.25
z z 1.664
93.9
397
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.57.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio Buckling work ratio 91.456 % 0.0000 %
398
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.58.1Description
Deflection check on simply supported beam made of steel S355, the cross section used is HEA140, the span of the
beam is 6.00 meter, the verification is made according to NTC 2008
12.58.2Background
Units
Metric
Geometry
■ Length: L = 6.00 m,
■ Area: A = 31.42 cm²
■ Inertia: I = 1033.00 cm4
Materials properties
■ E = 210000 MPa
■ S355
Boundary conditions
■ Hinge at end x = 0,
■ Hinge at end x = 6.00 m.
Loading
Uniformly distributed force of q = -10.00 kN/m on beam AB.
399
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
4
f = (5/384) X (10 X 6000 ) / (2100000 X 10330000) = 777.9 mm = L / 75
12.58.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Max. deflection Max deflection 74.7801 adim 0.0000 %
400
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.59 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Deflection and Strength for a W-Shape
Continuously Braced Flexural Member in Strong-Axis Bending (LRFD)
12.59.1Description
Verifies the available flexural strength of a W18x50 in ASTM A992 simple supported beam with a span of 35 ft. The
deflection is limited to a ratio of L/360. The nominal loads are a uniform dead load of 0.45 kip/ft and a uniform live
load of 0.75 kip/ft. The beam is continuously braced. (LRFD)
12.59.2Background
Verifies the deflections, the deflection constraints, the bending moment and it related resistance to a simply
supported W18x50. The primary objective of this test is to validate the resistance of member exposed to uniformly
distributed load which would cause bending moments in the beam. With this the deflection will be verified against a
max deflection criterion.
401
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.59.2.2 Calculation
Deflection Calculations:
Required Moment of Inertia for the Live-Load Deflection Criteria of L/360
4
Or for W18x50 where Ix = 800.04 in
Moment Calculations:
The required flexural strength must surpass:
402
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
From the AISC Manual Table 1-1 for a W18x50 Zx=101 in3
Calculating the Nominal Flexural Strength, Mn
12.59.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Max. deflection Deflection Criteria 378.242 -1.7043 %
adim
403
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.60.1Description
Class section classification and compression verification of an IPE300 column
12.60.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. On top, the column is subjected to a 100kN force applied
gravitationally, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
Units
Metric System
404
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
■ Inner: None.
To determine the web class, we use Table 5.2 sheet 1, from CSN EN 1993-1-1 Chapter 5.5.2
405
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
1
Therefore:
406
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
c 56.45mm
5.276
t 10.7mm
1
Therefore:
c 56.45mm
5.276 9 * 9 this means that the column flanges are Class 1.
t 10.7mm
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 2 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 2.
According to: CSN EN 1993-1-1 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
407
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
A* fy
For Class 1, 2 or 3 cross-section Nc , Rd
M0
Where:
A section area A=53.81cm2
Fy nominal yielding strength for S235 fy=235MPa
Therefore:
A* fy 53.81*104 * 235
N c , Rd 1.264535MN 1264.54kN
M0 1
According to: CSN EN 1993-1-1 Chapter 6.2.4(2)
408
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.60.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Max Work ratio Max work ratio 7.90805 % -1.1494 %
Work ratio - Fx Work ratio Fx 7.90805 % -1.1494 %
409
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.61.1Description
Verifies the classification and the compression resistance for an UPE240 vertical beam made of steel S235.
12.61.2Background
Verification of compressed steel profile
Verifies the steel centrically compressed vertical beam made of UPE240, steel S235. The beam is supported by
hinges at both extremities and blocked to swerve perpendicularly to local z-axis of the profile at all quarters of its
length.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 240 mm,
■ Width: b = 90 mm,
■ Length: L = 7200 mm,
2
■ Section area: A = 3850 mm ,
6 4
■ Bending moment of inertia around y-axis: Iy = 35.99*10 mm ,
410
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
6 4
■ Bending moment of inertia around z-axis: Iz = 3.109*10 mm ,
Materials properties
2
Steel: S235, fy = 235 N/mm
Material coefficient: γM0 = γM1 = 1.15
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (Z=0), hinged connection restrained to rotate around Z,
► Support at end point (Z = 7.20) hinged connection,
■ Inner:
► Support at each quarter of beam length (Z = 1.80, 3.60, 5.40), restrained to translate along Y
Loading
The beam is subjected only to axial force:
Load combinations:
■ Ultimate Limit State:
NEd = 1*g = 500.0 kN
Web
Flange
Buckling lengths
Ly = L = 7200 mm,
Lz = L/4 = 1800 mm
411
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Slenderness
Buckling coefficient
λ1 = 93.9* = 93.9
For buckling curve "C" and = 0.7934 the corresponding value is κ = 0.67
According to: CSN EN1993-1-1 Chapter 6.3.1.2(3), Picture 6.4
412
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.61.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Buckling coefficient 0.666583 adim -0.5100 %
Work ratio Work ratio 95.7491 % 0.7885 %
413
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.62 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical moment Mcr on a beam with intermediate
restraints
12.62.1Description
The test verifies the critical bending moment Mcr of a IPE220 beam made of S235 steel.
It ensures Advance Design uses the intermediate restraint definition from the upper flange when the beam is subject
to forces acting downwards.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3, French Annex.
12.62.2Background
Critical bending moment verification for a restrained IPE220 beam subjected to axis bending efforts, made of S235
steel. The beam is simply supported.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Beam length: 5m
2
■ Cross section area: A=3337mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=2772x10 mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=2049x10 mm
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
414
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Hinged support at start point (x = 0)
► Hinged support at the end point (z = 5.00)
► Elastic support at start point (x = 0) : KRY = 45 kN.m/°.
► Elastic support at end point (x = 5) : KRY = 45 kN.m/°.
■ Inner: None.
Intermediate restraints
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Top flange: intermediate restraints at x = 1.25m, x = 2.5m, x = 3.75m
■ Bottom flange: intermediate restraint at x = 2. 5m
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Linear load From X=0.00m to X=5.00m: FZ = N = -20 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
2 E I z k z I w k z L 2 G I t C z 2 C z
M cr C1
k w I z
(1)
k z L 2
E IZ
2 2 g 2 g
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
415
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.62.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Mcr Mcr 355.838 kN*m 0.0000 %
416
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.63 EC3 / CSN EN1993-1-1 - Czech Republic: Bended beam without stability failure
12.63.1Description
Classification and verification on bending of simply supported IPE240 beam made of S235 steel.
Considered loading consists of dead load and snow load. Self weigth is also considered.
Test verifies finite element results for deflections and design forces and steel design results for work ratios in shear
and bending and allowable deflections.
12.63.2Background
Verification of simple supported steel profile
Verifies the simple supported roof beam designed of IPE240 profile without stability failure. During this test is verified
bearing capacity for ultimate limit state and deflections for serviceability limit state.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 240 mm,
■ Width: b = 120 mm,
■ Length: L = 7200 mm,
2
■ Section area: A = 3912 mm ,
6 4
■ Bending moment of inertia around y-axis: Iy = 38.97*10 mm ,
2
■ Reduced cross-section: Avz = 1914,0 mm ,
IPE 2
■ Weight: g = 30.7 kg/m ,
■ Compressed part of web: d = 194 mm
417
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
Steel: S235
Material coefficient: γM0 = 1.15
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) , hinged connection,
► Support at end point (x = 7.20) restrained in translation along Y and Z, in rotation around X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
■ Ultimate Limit State:
IPE
NULS = 1.2*(g + g ) + 1.4*s = 1.2*(2.2 + 0.307) + 1.4*4.80 = 9.73 kN/m
■ Serviceability Limit State:
IPE
NSLS = 1.0*(G + G ) + 1.0*S = 1.0*(2.2 + 0.307) + 1.0*4.80 = 7.31 kN/m
Web
Flange
418
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Verification:
419
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Total deflection:
420
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.63.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
D Deflection total 31.5644 mm 0.8447 %
D Deflection snow 20.7514 mm 0.7350 %
My Design moment -62.9946 kN*m 0.0086 %
Fz Design shear force 34.997 kN -0.0086 %
Deviat. all. defl. WR Deflection total 87.679 % 0.7805 %
Deviat. all. defl. WR Deflection snow 72.0535 % 0.0743 %
Work ratio - Oblique WR Oblique 84.0893 % 0.1063 %
Work ratio - Fz WR Fz 15.492 % -0.0516 %
421
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.64 AISC 360 2010 - United States of America: Example G.1 W-shape in strong axis shear (LRFD)
12.64.1Description
Determines the available shear strength and adequacy of a W24x62 ASTM A992 beam using the AISC Manual with
end shears of 48 kips from dead load and 145 kips from live load. Obtains the available shear strength, which is
determined by the tabulated values of the AISC Manual.
12.64.2Background
Determines the shear applied to the cross-section, its resistance to shear and finally the work ratio due to shear alone.
The objective of this test is to check the calculation of steel resistance due to shearing forces.
12.64.2.2 Results
Combination used for this example is (ULS), Vu:
422
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
“G2.1 Members with Unstiffened or Stiffened webs” is applicable to webs for the shear strength for singly or doubly
symmetric members and channels subject to shear in the plane of the web
The nominal shear strength, Vn, of unstiffened or stiffened webs according to the, limit states of shear yield and
shear buckling, is
Therefore,
And finally
Work Ratio
423
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.64.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Fz Shear Verify (not forces) -289.993 kip 0.0024 %
424
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.65 NTC 2008 - Italy: Strenght verification of a steel linear hollow section
12.65.1Description
Verifies the strengh of a steel linear hollow section with a point load applied on the top and a linear load applied along
the linear element, the element is fixed on the base
12.65.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist bending and axial efforts.
The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and it can be found in the Advance Design European library. The
column is fixed at its base and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load over its height and a punctual axial load
applied on the top.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 300 mm,
■ Width: b = 200 mm,
■ Thickness: t = 10 mm,
425
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Free at end point (z = 5.00).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
► Point load at z = 5.0: Fz = - 500 kN,
► Uniformly distributed load: q = Fx = 5 kN/ml
■ Internal: None.
12.65.2.2 Reference results for calculating the column subjected to bending and axial force
In order to verify the steel column subjected to bending and axial force, the design resistance for uniform
compression (Nc,Rd) and also the design plastic moment resistance (Mpl,Rd) have to be compared with the design
values of the corresponding efforts.
The design resistance for uniform compression is verified considering the relationship (4.2.4) from chapter 4.2.4.1.1
(NTC 2008), while the design plastic moment resistance is verified considering the criterion (4.2.12) from chapter
4.2.4.1.2 (NTC 2008).
Before starting the above verifications, the cross-section class has to be determined.
426
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Table 4.2.I - from Chapter 4.2.3.1 (NTC 2008), establish the rules to determine the class for compressed parts. The
picture below shows an extract from this table.
Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 4.2.I
c
15 33 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract – part subject to bending
427
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
and compression). It is also necessary to determine which portion of the web is compressed (). is determined
considering the stresses distribution on the web.
132MPa
0.832 0.5
1 26.63MPa
c h 2 r 2 t 300mm 2 15mm 2 10mm
25
t t 10mm
235
1. 0
fy
Therefore:
c 396
25 40.34
t 13 1
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
428
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
429
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Work ratio – Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 30.32 %
12.65.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Strenght work ratio Fx 24.1257 % 0.5237 %
Work ratio - Oblique Strenght work ratio - oblique 30.3209 % 1.0697 %
430
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.66 NTC 2008 - Italy: Lateral torsional buckling verification of a steel column
12.66.1Description
Verifies the lateral torsional buckling of a steel column with a point load applied on the top and a bending moment on
y direction and another bending moment on the x direction both applied on the top.
The column is hinged on the base and restrained in traslation on x,y direction and restrained in rotation on x axis.
12.66.2Background
An I260*7.1+150*10.7 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 260x7.1mm web and 150x10.7mm flanges. The column is fixed at its base. The column is subjected to an axial
compression load -328000 N, a 10000Nm bending moment after the X axis and a 50000Nm bending moment after
the Y axis.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L=5620mm
431
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at start point (x = 5.62) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained in rotation
along Z axis,
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
432
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =-328 kN; Mx=10 kNm and My=50 kNm
433
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
inf 45.30Mpa
0.253 1
sup 179.06Mpa
434
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
238.6 45.3
x 48.175
x y x y 238.6 224.36
45.30 179.06 45.30 179.06 224.36 238.6 179.06
y 190.73
224.36
x 190.73
0.80 0.5
238.6 238.6
235 235
0.924
fy 275
c 260mm 2 10.7mm
33.61 c 396 396 0.924
t 7.1mm 33.6 38.93 therefore the beam
t 13 1 13 0.8 1
0.924
web is considered to be Class 1
-for beam flange:
150 7.1
c
6.68 6.68 9 0.924 8.316
c 2
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
t 10.7 t
0.924
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1.
435
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to the formula taken from NTC 2008 standard:
1
y 2
1 (4.2.45)
y y y
2
436
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y 0.5 1 ( y 0.2) y ² 0.5 1 0.34 0.5956 0.2 0.59562 0.7446
1 1
y 0.839
y y y
2 2
0.7446 0.7446 0.5956
2 2
y 0.839
y 1
437
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
0.49
438
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to the formula from NTC 2008 standard:
1
z 1 (4.2.45)
z z z
2 2
z 0.5 1 ( z 0.2) z ² 0.5 1 0.49 1.847 0.2 1.8472 2.609
1 1
z 0.225
z z z 2.609 2.609 1.847 z 0.225
2 2 2 2
z 1
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1; Chapter 2
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1 ; Chapter 3
439
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
M y ,botom 0
0 C1 1.77
M y ,top 50
I z h t f
2
Iw
4
h cross section height; h 260mm
440
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
NOTE: For the calculation of the elastic moment, I used the formula from the Eurocode 3 and not the formula from the
“Circolare Ministeriale n. 917/2009”, because of the distribution of the moment along the column.
Knowing the Mcr we can calculate the non-dimensional slenderness for lateral – torsional buckling:
W pl , y f y 501177.18mm 3 275N / mm 2
LT 0.958
M cr 150184702.1Nmm
Calculation of the LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT according NTC 2008 standard will be determined
with this formula:
Where:
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 4.2.VII from NTC 2008 standard:
h 260mm
1.733 2
b 150mm
0.49
f = 1 -0.5 x (1 – 0.75) x [1 – 2.0 x (0.958 – 0.8)2] = 0.879
441
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
LT 0.5 1 LT LT 0.2 LT ² 0.5 1 0.49 0.958 0.2 0.958² 1.145
1 1
LT 0.564 1
LT LT ² LT ² 1.145 1.145² 0.958²
The result is get without consider the effect of the reduction factor (with reduction factor = 0,639
The stability check for section class 1, 2 or 3 is performed checking:
442
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
y
443
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
z
444
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k yy
k yy
445
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k yz
k yz
446
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k zy
k zy
447
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Internal factor, k zz
k zz
448
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy
449
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy
450
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz
451
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz
452
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy
453
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz
454
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
455
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
456
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
LT
457
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 0.297
compression effort over the Y axis
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 1.668
bending moment over the Y axis
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 1.609
bending moment over the Y axis
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the 1.13
compression effort over the z axis
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y 0.35
bending moment over the Z axis
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z 0.28
bending moment over the Z axis
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section 1.75
properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 150.17
12.66.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Xy coefficent 0.839285 adim 0.0000 %
Xz Xz coefficent 0.224656 adim -0.1529 %
Kyy Kyy coefficent 2.47232 adim 0.0939 %
Kyz Kyz coefficent 5.26997 adim 1.3456 %
Kzy Kzy coefficent 0.525982 adim 0.0000 %
Kzz Kzz coefficent 0.948136 adim 4.1908 %
SNy SNy coefficent 0.304274 adim 4.9221 %
SMyy SMyy coefficent 1.66785 adim -0.0090 %
SMyz SMyz coefficent 1.63085 adim 1.3580 %
SNz SNy coefficent 1.13673 adim 0.5956 %
SMzy SMzy coefficent 0.354833 adim 1.3809 %
SMzz SMzz coefficent 0.29341 adim 4.7893 %
C1 C1 coefficent 1.77 adim 0.0000 %
Mcr Critical bending moment 150.166 kN*m 0.0000 %
XLT X LT coefficent 0.564654 adim 0.0000 %
Work ratio Work ratio 360.297 % 0.0000 %
458
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.67 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA France: Verifying the stability of an asymmetric I-shape subjected
to axial force and bending moment
12.67.1Description
Verifies the stability of a welded column subjected to compression and bending, made from S355 steel.
Section is an asymmetric I-shape.
The results will be compared with the ones obtained by the CTIM in their training guide “EC3/1 Résistance ultime des
sections” from April 2006.
12.67.2Background
Unrestrained welded column subjected to compression and bending, made from S355 steel.
Section is an asymmetric I-shape.
The results will be compared with the ones obtained by the CTIM in their training guide “EC3/1 Résistance ultime des
sections” from April 2006.
459
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L=5m
■ Cross section area: A 118cm²
■ Elastic modulus around the y axis, Wel , y ,sup 3701cm 4 and Wel , y ,inf 3129cm 4
Materials properties
S355 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 255 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Hinged support at column bottom (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
► Support at the end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X and Y axis and restrained rotation
around Z axis.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load at column top: FZ =-390kN and My=630kN.m
■ Internal: None.
460
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
CTICM model
The model is presented in the CTICM training guide “Stage EC3/1 : Résistance ultime des sections”.
N Ed 0.39
2 1 2 1 0.814
A f y 0.0118 355
461
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
c (820 2 10 2 6)
131 c
t 6 42
therefore the beam web is
42 42 0.81 t 0.67 0.33
84.5
0.67 0.33 0.67 0.33 (0.81)
considered to be Class 4
462
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
2
1 k 0.43
1
beff c
c/t 19.1
p 1.266 0.748
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 0.43
p 0.188 1.266 0.188
For p 0.748 , 0.673 (4.3)
p ² 1.266²
becomes
According to CTICM document:
Web:
463
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
2
1 k 4
1
beff bw
c/t 131
p 2.847 0.748
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 4
p 0.188 2.847 0.188
For p 0.748 , 0.328 (4.3)
p ² 2.847²
beff bw 0.328 (800 2 6) 258mm which means 129mm for top and bottom parts
becomes
464
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bottom flange:
2
1 k 0.43
1
beff c
c/t 14.1
p 0.935 0.748
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 0.43
p 0.188 0.935 0.188
For p 0.748 , 0.854 (4.3)
p ² 0.935²
becomes
Total:
Aeff A (62 10) 2 (2110) 2 530 6 118 (6.2 1.0) 2 (2.11.0) 2 53.0 0.6 69.60cm²
465
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Eccentricity calculation:
becomes
Which means eccentricity: eN = 25mm.
2
1 k 0.43
1
beff c
c/t 19.1
p 1.266 0.748
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 0.43
p 0.188 1.266 0.188
For p 0.748 , 0.673 (4.3)
p ² 1.266²
466
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
becomes
Web:
2 1
1.19 k 5.98 (1 1.19)² 28.680
1 0.84
beff bw
c/t 131
p 1.066 0.748
28.4 k 28.4 0.81 22.68
467
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
becomes
468
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Bottom flange:
Bottom flange is not compressed.
N Ed M y , Ed N Ed e Ny M z , Ed N Ed e Nz
1
Aeff f y / M 0 Weff , y , min f y / M 0 Wef , z , min f y / M 0
With:
Aeff 69.60cm²
e N 25mm
N Ed 390kN
M y , Ed 630kN.m
469
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Therefore, the work ratio we can expect from Advance Design is:
Indeed:
470
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.67.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio Work ratio 68.7566 % -1.8371 %
471
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.68 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical bending moment on a IPE200 beam with
complex loading
12.68.1Description
Verifies critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling on a IPE200 beam subject to linear loading and end moments
according to EN 1993-1-1 (French standards).
12.68.2Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate and Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
■
■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
■ Section area: A = 0.04 m ,
■ Concrete cover: c=5.00cm
472
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:
■ Exposure class XD2
3
■ Concrete density: 25kN/m
■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
■ The concrete age t0=28 days
■ Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,
► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
■ Ultimate Limit State:
NEd 1.35 * G 1.5 * Q 1.35 * 135 1.5 * 150 407 kN
12.68.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width
N Ed 0.407
As ,U 9.37 *10 4 m² 9.37cm ²
s ,U 500
1.15
Calculating for serviceability limit state:
N ser
As , ser
S
s 0,8 * f yk 0,8 * 500 400Mpa
0.285
As ,ser 7.13*104 m² 7.13cm ²
400
Final reinforcement
Is retained the steel section between the maximum theoretical calculation at ULS and calculating the SLS or
Ath = 9.37 cm ².
Therefore, 4HA20 = A = 12.57 cm ².
473
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N ser 0.285
s s 226.80MPa s 400MPa
As ,ser 0.001257
0.425 * k1 * k2 *
sr , max k3 * c
p , eff
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(3)
The effective depth “d” must be estimated by considering the real reinforcement of the beam:
2
d 20 5 0.6 13.4cm
2
2.5 * (h d ) 2.5 * (0.20 0.134) 0.165
Ac , eff b * min h 0.20 * min 0.20 0.020
0.100
2 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2); Figure: 7.1
Ac,eff 0.040m² this value was multiplied by two because the section is fully stretched
As 12.57 * 104
p , eff 0.031
Ac , eff 0.040
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)
n1 * 12 n2 * 22
eq 20mm
n1 * 1 n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)
0.425 * k1 * k2 *
sr , max k3 * c
p , eff
Concrete cover of 5cm and HA6 reinforcement, therefore c=5+0.6=5.6cm
k1 0.8 HA bars
Es 200000
e 6.35
Ecm 31476
474
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
fctm
As Ac .
f yk
Because h<0.3m
475
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
2 2
SLS (reference value: Az=7.12 cm =2*3.56 cm )
Geometrical properties
■ Beam length: L=4m
4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=142.4 cm
4
■ Torsional moment of inertia: It=7.02mm
6
■ Working inertial moment: Iw=13052cm
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
■ Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
476
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Beam is simply supported.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ Linear loads Fz = -9 kN/ml applied on the upper flange.
■ End moments : My = -30kN.m at x = 0m and My = 6kN.m at x = 4m
M 30kN.m
6
0.2
30
q 9kN / m
ql ² 9 4²
0.6
8M 8 30
12.68.2.5 C1 calculation
C1 can be read from the curves given in Figure M.4
477
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.68.2.6 C2 calculation
C2 can be read from the curves given in Figure M.6
² EI z I w
C2 z g C2 z g
L²GI t
M cr C1
2
L² I z ² EI z
C1 3.75
C2 0.7
478
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
zg 0.1m
Note: the linear applied on the top flange tends to increase the lateral torsional buckling effect on the critical position
(x=0m) => Zg is taken with a positive sign.
E 210000MPa
I z 142.4cm 4
I w 13052cm 6
It 7.02cm 4
L 4m
G 80800MPa
Soit :
M cr 98.kN .m
12.68.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Mcr Mcr 94.7469 kN*m 0.0000 %
479
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.69 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying critical moment Mcr of a beam with intermediate
restraints subject to upwards loading
12.69.1Description
The test verifies the critical bending moment Mcr of a IPE220 beam made of S235 steel.
It ensures Advance Design uses the intermediate restraint definition from the bottom flange when the beam is subject
to forces acting upwards.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3, French Annex.
12.69.2Background
Critical bending moment verification for a restrained IPE220 beam subjected to axis bending efforts, made of S235
steel. The beam is simply supported.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Beam length: 5m
2
■ Cross section area: A=3337mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=2772x10 mm
4 4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=2049x10 mm
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,
5
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
480
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Hinged support at start point (x = 0)
► Hinged support at the end point (z = 5.00)
► Elastic support at start point (x = 0) : KRY = 45 kN.m/°.
► Elastic support at end point (x = 5) : KRY = 45 kN.m/°.
■ Inner: None.
Intermediate restraints
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Top flange: intermediate restraints at x = 1.25m, x = 2.5m, x = 3.75m
■ Bottom flange: intermediate restraint at x = 2. 5m
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Linear load From X=0.00m to X=5.00m: FZ = N = +20 000 N,
■ Internal: None.
2 E I z k z I w k z L 2 G I t C z 2 C z
M cr C1
k z L 2 k w I z E IZ
2 2 g 2 g
according to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3 Chapter 2
Where:
2
E is the Young’s module: E=210000N/mm
2
G is the share modulus: G=80770N/mm
4 4
Iz is the inertia of bending about the minor axis Z: Iz=2049 x10 mm
4
It is the torsional inertia: It=90700mm
10 6
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment): Iw=2.267x10 mm
L is the distance between intermediate restraints on the compressed flange (in this case : top flange) : L =
1.25m
kz and kw are buckling coefficients
zg is the distance between the point of load application and the share center (which coincide with the center of
gravity)
C1 and C2 are coefficients depending on the load variation over the beam length
C1 = 1.4815
If the bending moment is linear along the bar, if there are no transversal loads or if the transverse load is applied to
the center, then C2xxg=0 and the Mcr formula become:
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
481
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.69.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Mcr Mcr 148.937 kN*m 0.0000 %
482
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.70.1Description
Example according to "Eliášková, Sokol: Ocelové konstrukce - príklady" (example 1.2).
Verifies WR in compression
12.70.2Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate and Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
■
■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
■ Section area: A = 0.04 m2 ,
■ Concrete cover: c=5.00cm
■ Materials properties
483
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel is used. The following
characteristics are used in relation to this material:
■ Exposure class XD2
3
■ Concrete density: 25kN/m
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
■ Ultimate Limit State:
NEd 1.35 * G 1.5 * Q 1.35 * 135 1.5 * 150 407 kN
■ Characteristic combination of actions:
Nser ,cq G Q 135 150 285 KN
■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
Nser ,qp G 0.3 * Q 135 0.3 * 150 180 KN
Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width
■ Calculating for ultimate limit state:
N Ed 0.407
As ,U 9.37 *10 4 m² 9.37cm ²
s ,U 500
1.15
■ Calculating for serviceability limit state:
N ser
As , ser
S
s 0,8 * f yk 0,8 * 500 400Mpa
0.285
As ,ser 7.13*104 m² 7.13cm ²
400
Final reinforcement
Is retained the steel section between the maximum theoretical calculation at ULS and calculating the SLS or
Ath = 9.37 cm ².
Therefore, 4HA20 = A = 12.57 cm ².
Constraint checking to the ELS:
N ser 0.285
s s 226.80MPa s 400MPa
As ,ser 0.001257
484
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Ac,eff 0.040m² this value was multiplied by two because the section is fully stretched
As 12.57 * 104
p , eff 0.031
Ac , eff 0.040
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)
n1 * n2 *
2 2
eq 1
20mm 2
n1 * 1 n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)
0.425 * k1 * k2 *
sr , max k3 * c
p , eff
Concrete cover of 5cm and HA6 reinforcement, therefore c=5+0.6=5.6cm
k1 0.8 HA bars
Es 200000
e 6.35
Ecm 31476
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)
Steel stresses in SLSqp:
485
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
fct,eff
σs k t * * (1 αe * ρp,eff ) 143 0.4 *
2.56
* (1 6.35 * 0.031)
ρp,eff 0.031
ε sm εcm
Es 200000
σs
5.17 * 10 4 0,6 * 4.30 * 10 4
Es
fctm
As Ac .
f yk
Because h<0.3m
2 2
SLS (reference value: Az=7.12 cm =2*3.56 cm )
486
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.70.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx WR Tension 88.6418 % -0.4025 %
487
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.71 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P364 Open
Sections Example 2)
12.71.1Description
The 533x210x92 UKB in S275 beam is fully laterally restrained along its length and pinned supports, includes a UDL
and point load at the centre. These are just the steel design results for example 2 from P364 from the SCI.
12.71.2Background
The 533x210x92 UKB in S275 beam is fully laterally restrained along its length and pinned supports, includes a UDL
and point load at the centre. These are just the steel design results for example 2 from P364 from the SCI.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Depth: h = 533.1 mm
■ Width: b = 209.3 mm
■ Flange thickness: 15.6 mm
■ Root radius: r = 12.7 mm
■ Depth between flange fillets: d = 476.5 mm
■ Second moment of area, y-y axis:
■ Plastic modulus, y-y ax:
■ Section area: A = 117
488
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
■ Modulus of elasticity:
Materials properties
For buildings that will be built in the UK, the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given, the lowest nominal
value should be used.
For S275 steel and t ≤ 16 mm
■ Yield strength:
At the point of maximum bending moment (mid-span) check whether the shear force will reduce the bending
resistance of the section.
12.71.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Fz work ratio 29.6673 % -1.1090 %
Work ratio - Oblique work ratio 83.1471 % 0.1772 %
Oblique
489
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.72 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Laterally unrestrained beam (from P374 Hollow
Sections Example 4)
12.72.1Description
The 250x150x16 RHS in S355 beam is fully restrained, loading including a UDL and mid-span point load. These are
the steel design results for example 3 from P374 from the SCI.
12.72.2Background
The 250x150x16 RHS in S355 beam is fully restrained, loading including a UDL and mid-span point load. These are
the steel design results for example 3 from P374 from the SCI.
The design aspect covered in this example is:
■ Lateral torsional buckling
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Depth: h = 250.0 mm
■ Width: b = 150.0 mm
■ Wall thickness: t = 16.0 mm
■ Second moment of area about the y-axis: Iy = 8880 cm4
■ Second moment of area about the z-axis: Iz = 3870 cm4
■ Plastic modulus about the y-axis Wpl,y = 906 cm3
■ St Venant torsional constant: IT = 8870 cm2
For buildings that will be built in the UK the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given the lowest nominal value
should be used.
Materials properties
For S355 steel and t ≤ 16 mm:
2
■ Yield strength: fy = ReH = 355 N/mm
490
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
where:
is the member length between points of lateral restraint
is the distance between the shear centre and the point of application of the transverse loading
and are effective length factors
& are coefficients which depend on the shape of the bending moment and the end restraint conditions
(unless advised otherwise)
(for simply supported members).
For RHS the effects of warping are negligible compared with the effects of torsion so may be neglected
when determining .
Also, the effect of applying of the actions above or below the shear centre of the section may be neglected for RHS
sections (i.e. take ).
Therefore, the terms and may be removed from the expression and the following simplified expression
used for RHS sections:
491
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Since (0.24 0.4) the lateral torsional buckling effects are neglected and only cross-sectional verifications
apply.
Since the cross-sectional verifications are satisfied in Example 3, the 250 X 150 X 16 RHS in S355 steel is adequate
to be unrestrained between the supports shown in Figure 4.1.
12.72.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Mcr Mcr 5400.35 kN*m -1.8118 %
492
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.73 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam
12.73.1Description
The test verifies the lateral-torsional buckling of a simply supported IPE300 beam made of S235 steel.
The calculations are made according Italian standard NTC 2008.
12.73.2Background
Lateral-torsional buckling verification for an unrestrained IPE300 beam subjected to axis bending efforts, made of
S235 steel. The beam is simply supported. The beam is subjected to a uniform vertical load (10 000 N) applied
constantly on the entire length. The dead load will be neglected.
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
■ Column length: L = 5000 mm
2
■ Cross section area: A = 5310 mm
4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy = 8356.00x104 mm
4
■ Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz = 603.80x104 mm
4
■ Torsional moment of inertia: It = 20.12x104 mm
6
■ Warping inertial moment: Iw = 12.59x1010 mm
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
■ Yield strength fyk = 235 MPa,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
493
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
■ Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
■ Support at start point (x = 5m) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained in rotation along X
axis
Loadings
The linear load applied along the beam is equal to 10 kN/m
494
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
495
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The work ratio of the elements calculated using the percentage of the design buckling moment resistance of the
bended element (Mb,Rd) from the designed value moment (MEd) produced by the linear force applied to the element.
The design buckling resistance of the compressed member, Mb,Rd, is calculated according to NTC 2008 Chapter
4.2.4.1.3.2.
Where:
■ MEd is the designed value moment
■ Mb,Rd is the design buckling moment resistance
The design buckling moment resistance against lateral-torsional buckling is calculated with the formula 4.2.50 from
NTC 2008:
Where:
Wy is the resistance module, which is equal to plastic module W pl,y for section in class 1 and 2, or equal to W el,y for
section in class 3 and it could be taken as W eff,y for section in class 4.
ΧLT is the reduction factor for lateral – torsional buckling defined below
“fyk” is the steel yield strength
γM1 is the safety coefficient taken from table 4.2.V below for elements stability
Where:
The coefficient αLT represents the imperfection factor according the indications in the Table 4.2.VII from Chapter
4.2.4.1.3 from NTC 2008.
496
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The factor f consider the real distribution of the bending moment between 2 torsional restraint and it is calculated:
Where the coefficient kc depends on the load distribution according Table 4.2.VII from NTC 2008
The dimensional slenderness coefficient λLT is given by the formula 4.2.52 from NTC 2008.
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr is calculated as follows:
The transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C 2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:
² E Iz I w L² G I t
M cr C1
L² Iz ² E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1; Chapter 2
Where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
1
C1
0.325 0.423 0.252 ²
According to EN 1993-1-1 ; Chapter 3
497
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Note:
The formula 4.2.52 defines the slenderness λLT
The distribution coefficient f is calculated as follows, where the coefficients k c = 0.94 from the table 4.2.VIII and λLT =
0.849
2
f = 1 – 0.5 x (1 – 0.94) x [1 – 2.0 x (0.849 - 0.8) ] = 0.971
So the factor is defined as follows:
ΦLT = 0.5 x [1 + 0.34 x (0.849 – 0.2) + 1 x 0.8492] = 0.970
ΧLT
The design buckling moment resistance is calculated according the formula 4.2.50 in NTC 2008:
498
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.73.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
XLT Reduction factor for lateral-torsional buckling 0.71492 adim -0.0112 %
Work ratio Stability work ratio 46.6197 % -0.5977 %
499
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.74 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P374 Hollow
Sections Example 3)
12.74.1Description
The 250x150x16 RHS in S355 beam is fully restrained, loading including a UDL and mid-span point load. These are
the steel design results for example 3 from P374 from the SCI.
12.74.2Background
The 250x150x16 RHS beam in S355 steel is fully restrained laterally along its length.
The design aspects covered in this example are:
■ Calculation of design values of actions for ULS and SLS
■ Cross section classification
■ Cross-sectional resistance:
► Shear buckling
► Shear
► Bending moment
■ Resistance of web to transverse forces
■ Vertical deflection of beam at SLS.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Depth: h = 250.0 mm
■ Width: b = 150.0 mm
■ Wall thickness: t = 16.0 mm
■ Second moment of area about the y-axis: Iy = 8880 cm4
■ Radius of gyration about the y-axis iy = 8.79 cm
■ Radius of gyration about the z-axis iz = 5.80 cm
■ Plastic modulus about the y-axis Wpl,y = 906 cm3
■ Cross sectional area: A = 115 cm2
For buildings that will be built in the UK the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given the lowest nominal value
should be used.
500
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
For S355 steel and t ≤ 16 mm:
2
■ Yield strength: fy = ReH = 355 N/mm
Loading
Permanent actions
■ Uniformly distributed load:
■ Concentrated load:
Variable actions
■ Uniformly distributed load:
■ Concentrated load:
The variable actions given above are not due to storage and are not independent of each other.
There are no other variable actions to be considered.
(6.10b)
Here Qi is not required as the variable actions are not independent of each other and expression 6.10b gives the
more onerous value. The design values are:
■ Combination of uniformly distributed loads:
12.74.2.2 Design bending moments and shear forces at ultimate limit state
Span of beam L = 5000 mm
Maximum value of the design bending moment occurs at the mid-span:
501
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
The design shear force and bending moment diagrams are shown in Figure 3.2.
Figure 3.2
Shear buckling
The shear buckling resistance for webs should be verified according to Section 5 of BS EN 1993-1-5 if:
502
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
(conservative)
Shear resistance
Verify that:
is the shear area and is determined as follows for rolled RHS sections with the load applied parallel to the depth.
Resistance to bending
Verify that:
At the point of maximum bending moment (mid-span) check whether the shear force will reduce the bending
resistance of the section.
503
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.74.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Fz 5.63971 % 0.7091 %
Work ratio - Oblique Oblique 56.5734 % 0.1299 %
Work ratio Work Ratio 56.5734 % 0.1299 %
504
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.75 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Pin-ended column (from P374 Hollow Sections Example
2)
12.75.1Description
The pin-ended 200x200x6.3 SHS in S355 column is subject to compression. These are the steel design results for
example 2 from P374 from the SCI.
12.75.2Background
A pin-ended, hot finished 200x200x6.3 SHS column in S355 steel is subjected to compression.
The design aspects covered in this example are:
► Cross section classification
► Cross-sectional resistance to axial compression
► Flexural buckling resistance.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Depth: h = 200 mm
■ Width: b = 200 mm
■ Wall thickness: t = 6.3 mm
■ Radius of gyration: i = 7.89 cm
2
■ Cross sectional area: A = 48.40 cm
505
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
S355 steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
2
■ Yield strength fy = ReH = 355 N/mm
For buildings that will be built in the UK the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given the lowest nominal value
should be used.
26.73 < 28.75 < 30.78, therefore the internal compression parts are Class 2.
As b = h only one check is required; therefore the cross section is Class 2.
Compression resistance
Verify that ,
is the reduction factor for the relevant buckling mode and is determined from:
but
Where:
For hot finished SHS in S355 steel, use buckling curve ‘a’
506
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
93.9
The buckling length about both axes is
As the cross section is square
Therefore,
12.75.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Fx 53.5593 % -0.8161 %
Work ratio Work Ratio 80.0974 % 0.1217 %
507
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.76.1Description
Generates shape sheets by system, on a model with 2 systems.
12.77 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the cross section optimization of a steel element
(TTAD #11516)
12.77.1Description
Verifies the cross section optimization of a steel element, according to Eurocodes 3.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the "Envelopes and shapes
optimization" report.
The steel bar has a IPE360 cross section, a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with translation
restraints on X, Y and Z and rotation restraint on X. Two loads are applied: a punctual dead load of -1.00 kN on FZ
and a punctual live load of -40.00 kN on FZ.
12.78 Verifying the shape sheet results for the elements of a simple vault (TTAD #11522)
12.78.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet results report.
The structure is a simple vault consisting of three steel elements (S235 material, IPEA240 cross section) with two
rigid fixed supports. The loads applied on the structure: self weight and a linear live load of -10.00kN on FZ.
12.79 Verifying the calculation results for steel cables (TTAD #11623)
12.79.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation for a steel model with cables (D4) and a static
nonlinear case. Generates the steel analysis report: data and results.
508
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.80 Verifying results on square hollowed beam 275H according to thickness (TTAD #11770)
12.80.1Description
Performs the steel calculation for two vertical bars with different thicknesses and generates the shape sheets report.
The bars are made of the same material (S275 H - EN 10210-1), have rectangular hollow cross sections, but with
different thicknesses (R80*40/4.1 and R80*40/3.9). Each is subjected to a -150.00 kN vertical live load and has a
rigid support.
12.80.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
509
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.81.1Description
Performs the steel calculation for two horizontal bars and generates the shape sheets report.
The bars have cross sections from different catalogues (1016x305x487 UKB and UKB1016x305x487). They are
made of the same material (S275); each is subjected to a -500.00 kN linear horizontal dead load and has two rigid
supports at both ends.
12.81.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
510
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.82 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shape sheet results for a fixed horizontal
beam (TTAD #11545)
12.82.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet report for a horizontal
steel element, verifies the cross section class.
The steel element (S235 material, IPE300 cross section) has a rigid fixed support at one end and a rigid support with
translation restraints on Y and Z and rotation restraint on X at the other end. A linear live load of -10.00 kN on FX and
a punctual live load of 1000 kN on FX are applied.
12.83 Verifying the shape sheet results for a column (TTAD #11550)
12.83.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet report for a vertical
steel element.
The steel element (S235 material, IPE300 cross section) has a rigid fixed support. A vertical live load of -200.00 kN is
applied.
12.84 CM66 (steel design) - France: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the
roA roB method
12.84.1Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame with one level, using the roA roB method, according to CM66.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.
12.85 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - General: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the
kA kB method
12.85.1Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method, according to Eurocodes 3.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.
12.86 CM66 (steel design) - France: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the
kA kB method
511
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.86.1Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame with one level, using the kA kB method, according to CM66.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.
12.87 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA: Verifying the steel shape optimization when using sections from
Advance Steel Profiles database (TTAD #11873)
12.87.1Description
Verifies the steel shape optimization when using sections from Advance Steel Profiles database. Performs the finite
elements calculation and the steel elements calculation and generates the steel shapes report.
The structure consists of columns with UKC152x152x37 cross section, beams with UKB254x146x37 cross section
and roof beams with UKB203x133x25 cross section. Dead loads and live loads are applied on the structure.
12.88 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling length results (TTAD #11550)
12.88.1Description
Performs the steel calculation and verifies the buckling length results according to Eurocodes 3 - French standards.
The shape sheet report is generated.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (IPE300 cross section, S275 material) with a rigid fixed support at the
base. A punctual live load of 200.00 kN is applied.
12.89 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section (TTAD #12533)
12.89.1Description
Verifies the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section when the lateral torsional buckling is computed
and when it is not.
12.90 Verifying the "Shape sheet" command for elements which were excluded from the
specialized calculation (TTAD #12389)
12.90.1Description
Verifies the program behavior when the "Shape sheet" command is used for elements which were excluded from the
specialized calculation (chords).
12.91 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Changing the steel design template for a linear element
(TTAD #12491)
512
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.91.1Description
Selects a different design template for steel linear elements.
12.92 EC3 / SR EN 1993-1-1-2006 - Romania: Fire verification: verifying the work ratios after
performing an optimization for steel profiles (TTAD #11975)
12.92.1Description
Runs the Steel elements verification and generates the "Envelopes and optimizing profiles" report in order to verify
the work ratios. The verification is performed using the EC3 norm with Romanian annex.
513
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.93 EC3 / NF EN 1993-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the buckling coefficient Xy on a class 2 section
12.93.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel elements calculation. Verifies the buckling coefficient Xy on a
class 2 section and generates the shape sheets report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (I26*0.71+15*1.07 cross section and S275 material) with a rigid hinge
support at the base and a rigid support with translation restraints on X and Y and rotation restraint on Z, at the top. A
punctual live load is applied.
12.93.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Buckling coefficient Xy for a class 1 PRS 0.839285 adim 0.0000 %
Xz Buckling coefficient for a class 2 PRS 0.224656 adim 2.1164 %
514
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.94 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - Germany: Lateral-torsional buckling for a two field column with HEA 200
12.94.1Description
Lateral-torsional buckling for a two field column with HEA 200. The system concerned a one field system (8m) in one,
and a 2 field system (4m + 4m) in the other direction. The assumptions for buckling and especially for Lateral-
torsional buckling are set manually. The value XLT is chosen to be the reference value.
12.94.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
XLT XLT Value 0.881311 0.1490 %
adim
515
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.95 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Oblique bending checks for an I section column
12.95.1Description
Verifying the oblique bending steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial force and
bending moment.
12.95.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Oblique Oblique Bending 42.9233 % 0.0077 %
516
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.96 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Fz shear checks for an I section column
12.96.1Description
Verifying the Fz shear steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial force and bending
moment.
12.96.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Fz Shear 5.45954 % -0.0084 %
517
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.97 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: XLT stability value for an I section column
12.97.1Description
Verifying the XLT stability value from steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial force
and bending moment.
12.97.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
XLT XLT 0.540565 adim 0.0861 %
518
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.98 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Work Ratio stability value for an I section column
12.98.1Description
Verifying the Work Ratio stability value from steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial
force and bending moment.
12.98.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio Work Ratio 362.302 % 0.0834 %
519
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.99 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: X stability values for an I section column
12.99.1Description
Verifying the Xyy and Xzz stability values from steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to
axial force and bending moment.
12.99.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Xyy 0.917797 m -0.0003 %
Xz Xzz 0.215681 m -0.0088 %
520
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.100 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: C1, C2 & Mcr stability values for an I section column
12.100.1Description
Verifying the C1, C2 and Mcr stability values from steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to
axial force and bending moment.
12.100.2Calculated results
Result Result description Value Error
name
C1 C1 1.35 adim 0.0000 %
C2 C2 0.59 adim 0.0000 %
Mcr Mcr 313.669 kN*m 0.1370 %
521
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.101 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Mcr & XLT stability values for welded RHS beams
12.101.1Description
Verifying the Mcr & XLT stability values for 3 welded RHS beams, R40*75/3, R40*80/3 and R40*150/3.
12.101.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
C1 C1 2.57 adim -0.3103 %
C2 C2 1.55 adim -0.2574 %
Mcr 3 Mcr 3165.06 kN*m -0.3294 %
XLT 3 XLT 1 adim 0.0000 %
Mcr 4 Mcr 3306.32 kN*m -0.3292 %
XLT 4 XLT 1 adim 0.0000 %
Mcr 6 Mcr 239.648 kN*m -0.3294 %
XLT 6 XLT 1 adim 0.6644 %
522
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.102 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Fy shear checks for an I section column
12.102.1Description
Verifying the Fy shear steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column subject to axial force and bending.
12.102.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fy Fy Shear 0.854928 % 0.1438 %
523
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.103 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: k stability values for an I section column
12.103.1Description
Verifying the kyy, kyz, kzy & kzz stability values from steel checks for a vertical UKB356x171x67 S355 column
subject to axial force and bending moment.
12.103.2Calculated results
Result Result description Value Error
name
Kyy Kyy 2.78097 adim -0.0909 %
Kyz Kyz 5.87074 adim 0.0007 %
Kzy Kzy 0.757475 adim -0.0429 %
Kzz Kyy 1.41295 adim -0.0035 %
524
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
12.104 EC3 / EN 1993-1-1 - United Kingdom: Mcr & XLT stability values for laminated RHS beams
12.104.1Description
Verifying the Mcr & XLT stability values for 3 laminated RHS beams, R40*75/3, R40*80/3 and R40*150/3.
12.104.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
C1 C1 2.57 adim -0.3103 %
C2 C2 1.55 adim -0.2574 %
Mcr 3 Mcr 27.4387 kN*m -0.3280 %
XLT 3 XLT 1 adim 0.0000 %
Mcr 4 Mcr 29.5291 kN*m -0.3304 %
XLT 4 XLT 0.998774 adim -0.0826 %
Mcr 6 Mcr 59.2209 kN*m -0.3300 %
XLT 6 XLT 0.93593 adim 0.2925 %
525
13 Timber Design
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.1 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber beam subjected to simple bending
13.1.1Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending. Verifies the bending
stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the deflections at serviceability limit state.
13.1.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending. Verification
of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state
are performed.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.075 m,
■ Length: L = 4.50 m,
■ Distance between adjacent beams (span): d = 0.5 m,
-3 2
■ Section area: A = 15.0 x 10 m ,
b h 2 0.075 0.202
■ Elastic section modulus about the strong axis y: Wy 0.0005m 3
6 6
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
6
■ Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: f c,0,k = 21 x 10 Pa,
6
■ Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
528
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
■ Service class 1.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
► Support at end point (z = 4.5) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
2
Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d = 2.925 kN/m x 0.5 m = 1.4625 kN/m,
■ Internal: None.
13.1.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to uniformly distributed loads
In order to verify the timber beam bending stresses at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.11) and (6.12) from EN
1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like k mod, M, kh, ksys, km, must
be calculated. After this, the reference solution, which includes the design bending stress about the principal y axis,
the design bending strength and the corresponding work ratios, is calculated.
A verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is done. The verification is performed by comparing the
effective values with the limiting values for deflections specified in EN 1995-1-1 norm.
529
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
m ,d
km 1 .0
f m ,d
L
winst (Q)
300
L
w fin
125
L
wnet , fin
200
For the analyzed beam, no pre-camber is considered (wc = 0). The effective values of deflections are the followings:
■ Instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action):
L
winst (Q) 0.00749m winst (Q)
600.8
■ Instantaneous deflection (calculated for a characteristic combination of actions - CCQ):
L
winst d CQ 0.00999m winst
450.45
■ In order to determine the creep deflection (calculated for a quasi-permanent combination of actions - CQP), the
deformation factor (kdef) has to be chosen:
k def 0.6 (calculated value for service class 1, according to table 3.2 from EN 1995-1-1)
L
wcreep 0.6 d QP 0.6 0.00475m 0.00285m wcreep
1578.95
■ Final deflection:
L
w fin winst wcreep 0.00999m 0.00285m 0.01284m w fin
350.47
■ Net deflection:
L
wnet , fin w fin wc 0.01284m 0m 0.01284m wnet , fin
350.47
Finite elements modeling
■ Linear element: S beam,
■ 6 nodes,
■ 1 linear element.
530
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.1.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Stress Design bending stress 7.40391e+006 Pa 0.0000 %
Work ratio Work ratio (6.11) 50.1306 % 0.0000 %
D Deflection for a base variable action 0.00749224 m 0.0000 %
D Deflection for a characteristic combination of 0.00998966 m 0.0000 %
actions
Winst Instantaneous deflection 0.00998966 m 0.0000 %
Kdef Deformation coefficient 0.6 adim 0.0000 %
D Deflection for a quasi-permanent combination of 0.00474509 m 0.0000 %
actions
Wfin Final deflection 0.0128367 m 0.0000 %
Wnet,fin Net deflection 0.0128367 m 0.0000 %
531
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.2 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber column subjected to compression forces
13.2.1Description
Verifies the compressive resistance of a rectangular cross section column (hinged at base) made from solid timber
C18.
13.2.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the compressive resistance for a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C18. The
verification is made according to formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Column cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.15 m,
■ Width: b = 0.10 m,
-3 2
■ Section area: A = 15.0 x 10 m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C18 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
10
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 0.9 x 10 Pa,
10
■ Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E 0,05 = 0.6 x 10 Pa,
532
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
6
■ Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: f c,0,k = 18 x 10 Pa,
■ Service class 1.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions:
■ Outer:
► Support at base (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
► Support at top (z = 3.2) restrained in translation along X, Y and restrained in rotation along Z.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load at z = 3.2: Fz = N = -20000 N,
■ Internal: None.
13.2.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber column subjected to compression force
The formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 is used in order to verify a timber column subjected to compression force.
Before applying this formula we need to determine some parameters involved in calculations, such as: slenderness
ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability factors. After this, the reference solution is calculated. This includes: the
design compressive stress, the design compressive strength and the corresponding work ratio.
Slenderness ratios
The most important slenderness is calculated relative to the z axis, as it will be the axis of rotation if the column
buckles.
■ Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
lc m lg 1 3.2m
z 12 12 12 110.85
b b 0.1m
■ Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis (informative):
lc m lg 1 3.2m
y 12 12 12 73.9
h h 0.15m
Relative slenderness ratios
The relative slenderness ratios are:
■ Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the c factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
c = 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
kz = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,z – 0.3) + rel,z ] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
2
■
ky = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,y – 0.3) + rel,y ] (informative)
2
■
533
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1
■ kc,z (according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)
k z k z2 2rel , z
1
■ kc, y (informative)
k y k y2 2rel , y
Reference solution
Before calculating the reference solution (design compressive stress, design compressive strength and work ratio) we
need to determine some parameters involved in calculations (k mod, M).
■ Modification factor for duration of load (medium term) and moisture content:
kmod = 0.8 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
■ Partial factor for material properties: M = 1.3
■ Design compressive stress (induced by the applied forces):
N
c,0,d =
A
■ Design compressive strength:
k mod
fc,0,d = f c , 0,k
M
■ Work ratio:
c , 0,d
Work ratio = 1 .0 (according to relation 6.35 from EN 1995-1-1)
k c , z f c , 0,d
534
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.2.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Kc,z Instability factor 0.240107 adim 0.0000 %
Kc,y Instability factor 0.488612 adim 0.0000 %
Stress SFx Design compressive stress 1.33333e+006 Pa 0.0000 %
Work ratio Work ratio 50.1319 % 0.2638 %
535
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.3 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber beam subjected to combined bending and
axial tension
13.3.1Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section rafter made from solid timber C24 to resist combined bending and axial tension.
The verification of the cross-section subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the verification
of the deflections at serviceability limit state are performed.
13.3.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending and axial
tension. The verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is also performed.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.05 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
-3 2
■ Section area: A = 10 x 10 m ,
b h 2 0.05 0.202
■ Elastic section modulus about the strong axis y: Wy 0.000333m3 .
6 6
536
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
6
■ Characteristic tensile strength along the grain: ft,0,k = 14 x 10 Pa,
6
■ Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
■ Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
► Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The rafter is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):
■ External:
2
► Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d x cos26.6° = 1957.5 N/m x 0.5 m x cos26.6° = 875.15 N/m,
2
► Tensile load component: N = C max x d x sin26.6° x L = 1957.5 N/m x 0.5m x sin26.6° x 5.00m =
= 2191.22 N
■ Internal: None.
13.3.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to combined stresses
In order to verify the timber beam subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.17) and
(6.18) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like k mod, M,
kh, ksys, km, must be determined. After this the reference solution, which consists of the design tensile stress, the
design tensile strength and the corresponding work ratio and also the work ratios of the combined stresses, is
calculated.
A verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is done. The verification is performed by comparing the
effective values with the limiting values for deflections specified in EN 1995-1-1 norm.
537
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
N 2191.22N
t,0,d = 219122Pa
A 10 103 m 2
■ Design tensile strength:
k mod 0.9
ft,0,d = f t , 0,k k h 14 106 1.25 12.115106 Pa
M 1.3
■ Work ratio:
t , 0,d
SFx = 1.0 (according to relation 6.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
f t , 0,d
■ Design bending stress (induced by the applied forces):
N
6 875.15 5.002 m 2
My 6 q L2 m
m,y,d = 8.2045106 Pa
Wy 8 b h 2 8 0.05m 0.2 m
2 2
L
winst (Q)
300
L
w fin
125
L
wnet , fin
200
For the analyzed beam, no pre-camber is considered (wc = 0). The effective values of deflections are:
■ Instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action):
L
winst (Q) 0.00914m winst (Q)
547.05
■ Instantaneous deflection (calculated for a characteristic combination of actions - CCQ):
L
winst d CQ 0.01371m winst
364.7
■ In order to determine the creep deflection (calculated for a quasi-permanent combination of actions - CQP), the
deformation factor (kdef) has to be chosen:
538
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
kdef 0.8 (value determined for service class 2, according to table 3.2 from EN 1995-1-1)
L
wcreep 0.8 d QP 0.8 0.0064m 0.00512m wcreep
976.6
■ Final deflection:
L
w fin winst wcreep 0.01371m 0.00512m 0.01883m w fin
265.5
■ Net deflection:
L
wnet , fin w fin wc 0.01883m 0m 0.01883m wnet , fin
265.5
Finite elements modeling
■ Linear element: S beam,
■ 6 nodes,
■ 1 linear element.
539
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.3.3Calculated results
540
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
541
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.4 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected
to combined bending and axial compression
13.4.1Description
Verifies the lateral torsional stability for a rectangular timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial
compression. The verification is made following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.
13.4.2Background
Verifies the lateral torsional stability of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to simple
bending (about the strong axis) and axial compression.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.05 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
-3 2
■ Section area: A = 10 x 10 m ,
b h 2 0.05 0.202
■ Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y: Wy 0.000333m3 .
6 6
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
6
■ Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: f c,0,k = 21 x 10 Pa,
542
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
6
■ Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
10
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 10 Pa,
10
■ Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E 0,05 = 0.74 x 10 Pa,
■ Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
► Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The rafter is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):
■ External:
2
► Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d x cos26.6° = 1957.5 N/m x 0.5 m x cos26.6° = 875.15 N/m,
2
► Compressive load component: N = Cmax x d x sin26.6° x L = 1957.5 N/m x 0.5m x sin26.6° x 5.00m =
= 2191.22 N
■ Internal: None.
13.4.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to combined stresses
In order to verify the lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state,
the formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 norm is used. Before applying this formula we need to determine some
parameters involved in calculations like: slenderness ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability factors. After this,
we calculate the reference solution which includes: the design compressive stress, the design bending stress and the
work ratio based on formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1.
Slenderness ratios
In professional practice the slenderness ratio is limited to 120. The slenderness ratios corresponding to bending
about y and z axes are determined as follows:
■ Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
lc m lg 1 5m
z 12 12 12 346.4
b b 0.05m
It is necessary to reduce the buckling length about the z axis, because z exceeded the value 120. A restraint
is placed in each tierce of the rafter, so that the slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis
become:
lc m lg 11.667m
z 12 12 12 115.5 120
b b 0.05m
■ Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:
lc m lg 1 5m
y 12 12 12 86.6
h h 0.2m
Relative slenderness ratios
The relative slenderness ratios are:
■ Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
543
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
f m ,k 24 106 Pa
rel,m = 1.277
m,crit 14.724 106 Pa
Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the c factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
c = 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
kz = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,z – 0.3) + rel,z ] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
2
1
kc,z (according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)
k z k z2 2rel , z
1
kc, y (according to relation 6.25 from EN 1995-1-1)
k y k y2 2rel , y
544
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
■ Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
kh = 1.0
■ System strength factor:
ksys = 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)
■ Factor which takes into account the reduced bending strength due to lateral buckling:
Kcrit = 1.56 – 0.75rel,m (because 0.75 < rel,m < 1.4)
■ Design compressive stress (induced by the compressive component, N):
N 2191.22N
c,d = 219122Pa
A 10 103 m 2
■ Design compressive strength:
k mod 0.9
fc,0,d = f c , 0,k 21106 14.538106 Pa
M 1.3
■ Design bending stress (induced by uniformly distributed load, q):
N
875.15 5.002 m 2
My q L2 m
m,d = 8.213106 Pa
Wy 8 Wy 8 0.000333m 3
■ Design bending strength:
k mod 0.9
fm,y,d = f m ,k k sys k h 24 106 1.0 1.0 16.615 106 Pa
M 1.3
■ Work ratio according to formula 6.35 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:
2
m ,d c ,d
1
k f k c , z f c , 0 ,d
crit m, y ,d
Finite elements modeling
■ Linear element: S beam,
■ 6 nodes,
■ 1 linear element.
545
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.4.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Stress SFx Design compressive stress 219124 Pa 0.0000 %
Stress SMy Design bending stress 8.20519e+006 Pa 0.0000 %
Kcrit kcrit factor 0.592598 adim 0.0000 %
Work ratio Work ratio according to formula 6.35 0.759538 adim 0.0000 %
546
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.5 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber column subjected to tensile forces
13.5.1Description
Verifies the tensile resistance of a rectangular cross section column (fixed at base) made from solid timber C24.
13.5.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the tension resistance for a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24. The
verification is made according to formula (6.1) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.122 m,
■ Width: b = 0.036m,
-4 2
■ Section area: A = 43.92 x 10 m
-6 4
■ I = 5.4475 x 10 m .
547
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
10
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 10 Pa,
6
■ Characteristic tensile strength along the grain: ft,0,k = 14 x 10 Pa,
■ Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions:
■ Outer:
Fixed at base (z = 0),
Free at top (z = 5),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load at z = 5: Fz = N = 10000 N,
■ Internal: None.
13.5.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber column subjected to tension force
Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by formula (6.1) from EN 1995-1-1. Before applying this formula we need to
determine some parameters involved in calculations (k mod, M, kh). After this, the design tensile stress, the design
tensile strength and the corresponding work ratio are calculated.
■ Modification factor for duration of load and moisture content: k mod = 0.9
■ Partial factor for material properties: M = 1.3
■ Depth factor (“h” represents the width, because the element is tensioned):
150 0.2
kh = min h
1.3
■ Design tensile stress (induced by the ultimate limit state force, N):
N
t,0,d =
A
■ Design tensile strength:
k mod
ft,0,d = f t , 0,k kh
M
■ Work ratio:
t , 0,d
SFx = 1.0 (according to relation 6.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
f t , 0,d
548
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.5.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Stress SFx Design tensile stress 2.27687e+006 Pa 0.0000 %
Work ratio Work ratio 22.5405 % 0.1800 %
549
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.6 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-2 - France: Verifying the residual section of a timber column exposed to
fire for 60 minutes
13.6.1Description
Verifies the residual cross section of a column exposed to fire for 60 minutes. The column is made from glued
laminated timber GL24 and it has only 3 faces exposed to fire. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2
(Reduced cross section method) from EN 1995-1-2 norm.
13.6.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the cross sectional resistance for a rectangular cross section, which is made from glued
laminated timber GL24, exposed to fire for 60 minutes on 3 faces. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2
from EN 1995-1-2 norm.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Depth: h = 0.60 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
2
■ Section area: A = 0.12 m
■ Height: H = 5.00 m
550
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Glued laminated timber GL24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Density: = 380 kg/m ,
3
■
Design charring rate: n = 0.7 x 10 m/min,
-3
■
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Fixed at base (Z = 0),
► Support at top (Z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X and Y,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External: Point load at Z = 5.00: Fz = N = - 100000 N,
■ Internal: None.
13.6.2.2 Reference results in calculating the cross sectional resistance of a timber column exposed to
fire
Reference solution
The reference solution (residual cross section) is determined by reducing the initial cross section dimensions by the
effective charring depth according to chapter 4.2.2 from EN 1995-1-2. Before calculating the effective charring depth
we need to determine some parameters involved in calculations (d char,n, k0, d0).
-3
■ Depth of layer with assumed zero strength and stiffness: d0 = 7 x 10 m;
■ Coefficient depending of fire resistance time and also depending if the members are protected or not:
k0 = 1.0 (according to table 4.1 from EN 1995-1-2)
■ Notional design charring depth:
m
dchar,n = β n t 0.7 10 3 60 min 0.042m (according to relation 3.2 from EN 1995-1-2)
min
551
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.6.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Afi Residual cross section 0.056202 m² 0.0000 %
552
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.7 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-2 - France: Verifying the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to
simple bending
13.7.1Description
Verifies the fire resistance of a rectangular cross section purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending.
The purlin is exposed to fire on 3 faces for 30 minutes. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2 (Reduced
cross section method) from EN 1995-1-2 norm.
13.7.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the fire resistance for a rectangular cross section purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist
simple bending. The purlin is exposed to fire on 3 faces for 30 minutes (the top of the purlin is not exposed to fire).
Verification of the bending stresses corresponding to frequent combination of actions is realised.
Chapter 1.1.1.3 presents the results obtained with the theoretical background explained at chapter 1.1.1.2.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.075 m,
■ Length: L = 3.30 m,
■ Distance between adjacent purlins (span): d = 1.5 m,
-3 2
■ Section area: A = 15.0 x 10 m ,
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used.The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
6
■ Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 21 x 10 Pa,
553
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
6
■ Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
Density: = 350 kg/m ,
3
■
Design charring rate (softwood): n = 0.8 x 10 m/min,
-3
■
■ Service class 1.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (X = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
► Support at middle point (X = 3.30) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
► Support at end point (X = 6.60) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along
X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
2
► Uniformly distributed load: q = CFQ x d = 850 N/m x 1.5 m = 1275 N/m,
■ Internal: None.
13.7.2.2 Reference results in calculating the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to simple
bending
In order to verify the fire resistance for a timber purlin subjected to simple bending it is necessary to determine the
residual cross section. After this, the formulae (6.17) and (6.18) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them,
some parameters involved in calculations, like k mod,fi, M,fi, kfi, km, have to be determined.
554
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
WR max m,d ; k m m,d 100 m,d 100
f m ,d f m ,d f m ,d
555
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.7.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Afi Residual area 0.002197 m² 0.0000 %
Stress Design bending stress for residual cross-section 2.75626e+007 Pa 0.0000 %
Work ratio Maximum work ratio for fire verification 91.8752 % 0.0000 %
556
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.8 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and
axial compression
13.8.1Description
Verifies the stability of a rectangular timber purlin made from solid timber C24 subjected to biaxial bending and axial
compression. The verification is made following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.
13.8.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to biaxial bending and
axial compression. The verification is made according to formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.10 m,
■ Length: L = 3.50 m,
2
■ Section area: A = 0.02 m ,
b h 2 0.1 0.202
■ Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y: Wy 0.000666m3 ,
6 6
557
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
b 2 h 0.12 0.20
■ Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, z: Wz 0.000333m3 .
6 6
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The followings characteristics are used in relation to this material:
6
■ Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: f c,0,k = 21 x 10 Pa,
6
■ Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
10
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 10 Pa,
10
■ Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E 0,05 = 0.74 x 10 Pa,
■ Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z;
► Support at end point (z = 3.50) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The purlin is subjected to the following projected loadings (corresponding to the ultimate limit state combination):
■ External:
► Axial compressive load: N =0.9 x W = 13500 N;
2
► Uniformly distributed load (component about y axis): q y = Cmax x d x sin17° = 2092.5 N/m x 1.8 m x
sin17° = 1101.22 N/m,
2
► Uniformly distributed load (component about z axis): qz = Cmax x d x cos17° = 2092.5 N/m x 1.8 m x
cos17° = 3601.92 N/m,
■ Internal: None.
13.8.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber purlin subjected to combined stresses
In order to verify the stability of a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression at ultimate limit
state, the formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before applying these formulae we need to
determine some parameters involved in calculations like: slenderness ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability
factors. After this, we’ll calculate the maximum work ratio for stability verification, which represents in fact the
reference solution.
Slenderness ratios
The slenderness ratios corresponding to bending about y and z axes are determined as follows:
■ Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
lc m lg 1 3.5m
z 12 12 12 121.24
b b 0.1m
■ Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:
lc m lg 1 3.5m
y 12 12 12 60.62
h h 0.2m
Relative slenderness ratios
The relative slenderness ratios are:
■ Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
558
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the c factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
c = 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
kz = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,z – 0.3) + rel,z ] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
2
1
kc,z (according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)
k z k z2 2rel , z
1
kc, y (according to relation 6.25 from EN 1995-1-1)
k y k y2 2rel , y
■ Design bending stress about the z axis (induced by uniformly distributed load, q y):
N
q y L2 1101.22 3.502 m 2
Mz m
m,z,d = 5.0638 106 Pa
Wz 8 Wz 8 0.000333m 3
■ Modification factor for duration of load (instantaneous action) and moisture content (service class 2):
kmod = 1.1 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
■ Partial factor for material properties:
M = 1.3
■ Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
kh = 1.0
■ System strength factor:
ksys = 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)
559
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
c , 0,d m , y ,d
k m m , z ,d
k c , y f c , 0,d f m , y ,d f m , z ,d
max 1
c , 0,d k m , y ,d m , z ,d
k c , z f c , 0 ,d m
f m , y ,d f m , z ,d
560
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.8.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Kc,y Instability factor, kc,y 0.665025 0.0000 %
adim
Kc,z Instability factor, kc,z 0.212166 0.0000 %
adim
Work ratio Maximum work ratio for stability verification 70.6586 % -0.6208 %
561
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.9 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to oblique bending
13.9.1Description
Verifies a rectangular timber purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist oblique bending. The verification is made
following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.
13.9.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to oblique bending. The
verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Purlin cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.10 m,
■ Length: L = 3.5 m,
2
■ Section area: A = 0.02 m ,
b h 2 0.1 0.202
■ Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y: Wy 0.000666m3 ,
6 6
b 2 h 0.12 0.20
■ Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, z: Wz 0.000333m3 .
6 6
562
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
6
■ Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
■ Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z;
► Support at end point (z = 3.5) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The purlin is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):
■ External:
2
► Uniformly distributed load (component about y axis): q y = Cmax x d x sin17° = 2092.5 N/m x 1.8 m x
sin17° = 1101.22 N/m,
2
► Uniformly distributed load (component about z axis): qz = Cmax x d x cos17° = 2092.5 N/m x 1.8 m x
cos17° = 3601.92 N/m,
■ Internal: None.
13.9.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber purlin subjected to oblique bending
In order to verify the timber purlin subjected to oblique bending at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.17) and (6.18)
from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like k mod, M, kh, ksys,
km, have to be determined. After this, the reference solution (which includes the design bending stress about y axis,
the design bending stress about z axis and the maximum work ratio for strength verification) is calculated.
■ Design bending stress about z axis (induced by uniformly distributed load, q y):
N
1101.22 3.5 2 m 2
M z qy L
2
m,z,d = m 5.0638106 Pa
Wz 8 Wz 8 0.000333m 3
563
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
m , y , d
k m m , z ,d
f m , y ,d f m , z ,d
max 1
k m , y , d m , z , d
m f m , y ,d f m , z ,d
564
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.9.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Stress SMy Design bending stress about y axis 8.47672e+006 Pa 0.0000 %
Stress SMz Design bending stress about z axis 5.18319e+006 Pa 0.0000 %
Work ratio Maximum work ratio for strength verification 71.153 % 0.0000 %
565
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.10 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying a C24 timber beam subjected to shear force
13.10.1Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist shear. The verification of
the shear stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
13.10.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist shear. The verification of
the shear stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.225 m,
■ Width: b = 0.075 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
■ Distance between adjacent beams (span): d = 0.5 m,
-3 2
■ Section area: A = 16.875 x 10 m ,
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
6
■ Characteristic shear strength: fv,k = 2.5 x 10 Pa,
■ Service class 1.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
566
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
► Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
■ External:
2
► Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d = 2.925 kN/m x 0.5 m = 1.4625 kN/m,
■ Internal: None.
13.10.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to uniformly distributed loads
In order to verify the timber beam shear stresses at ultimate limit state, the formula (6.13) from EN 1995-1-1 norm is
used. Before using it, some parameters involved in calculations, like k mod, kcr, M, kf, beff, heff, have to be determined.
After this the reference solution, which includes the design shear stress about the principal y axis, the design shear
strength and the corresponding work ratios, is calculated.
567
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
568
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.10.3Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Fz Shear force -3.65625 kN 0.0000 %
Stress S_d Design shear stress 485075 Pa 0.0001 %
Working ratio S_d Shear strength work ratio 31.5299 % -1.4691 %
569
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.11.1Description
Verifies the adequacy of the compressive resistance for a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C30. The
verification is made according to formula (6.23) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
13.11.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Max slenderness ratio Slenderness ratio 101.036 adim 0.0000 %
Kc,z Instability factor 0.296003 adim 0.0010 %
Work ratio Stability work ratio 77.7674 % 0.6047 %
570
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.12 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for timber linear elements (TTAD #12259)
13.12.1Description
Defines the "Design experts" properties for a timber linear element, in a model created with a previous version of the
program.
13.13 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying the timber elements shape sheet (TTAD #12337)
13.13.1Description
Verifies the timber elements shape sheet.
13.14 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Verifying the units display in the timber shape sheet (TTAD
#12445)
13.14.1Description
Verifies the Afi units display in the timber shape sheet.
13.15 EC5 / NF EN 1995-1-1 - France: Shear verification for a simply supported timber beam
13.15.1Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from solid timber C24 to shear efforts. The verification of the shear
stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
571
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.16 EC5 / SR EN-1995-1-1-2004 - Romania: Timber column subjected to shear stress and torsion
13.16.1Description
Verifies the stability of a timber column subjected to shear stresses and torsion, made from C40 timber. The section
is a rectangular one, with 20x25 cm dimensions. The objective of this test is to validate the resistance to torsional
shear stresses.
13.16.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
Mx Mx 3 kN*m 0.0000 %
Fz Fz 15 kN 0.0000 %
Working ratio S_d Work ratio Sd 36.3806 % 1.0572 %
Stress S_d Sd 0.671642 MPa 0.2451 %
572
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
13.17.1Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from solid timber D30 to resist simple bending. Verifies the bending
stress SMy at ultimate limit state, as well as the work ratio for SMy.
13.17.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
My My -373.893 kN*m 0.0714 %
Stress SMy SMy 20.1424 MPa -0.0377 %
Work ratio SMy Work ratio SMy 145.473 % -0.0186 %
573
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
13.18 EC5 / SR EN 1995-1-1 - Romania: Verifying compression strength for C14 circular column with
fixed base
13.18.1Description
Verifies compression strength for a circular column with fixed base made of C14 timber.
Verification is made according to EN 1995-1-1 Romanian Annex.
13.18.2Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error
FX compression axial force -0 kN 0.3653 %
Stress SFx compression design 7.90361 MPa 0.0457 %
574
031617-0409-0829